WO2021254438A1 - 驱动控制方法及相关设备 - Google Patents

驱动控制方法及相关设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021254438A1
WO2021254438A1 PCT/CN2021/100630 CN2021100630W WO2021254438A1 WO 2021254438 A1 WO2021254438 A1 WO 2021254438A1 CN 2021100630 W CN2021100630 W CN 2021100630W WO 2021254438 A1 WO2021254438 A1 WO 2021254438A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
display
time period
area
scanning circuit
touch
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/100630
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
郑志伟
周宴
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to JP2022578559A priority Critical patent/JP2023530009A/ja
Priority to KR1020237001594A priority patent/KR20230023034A/ko
Priority to EP21825960.4A priority patent/EP4156158A4/en
Publication of WO2021254438A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021254438A1/zh
Priority to US18/082,658 priority patent/US20230127696A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G3/00Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes
    • G09G3/20Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1675Miscellaneous details related to the relative movement between the different enclosures or enclosure parts
    • G06F1/1677Miscellaneous details related to the relative movement between the different enclosures or enclosure parts for detecting open or closed state or particular intermediate positions assumed by movable parts of the enclosure, e.g. detection of display lid position with respect to main body in a laptop, detection of opening of the cover of battery compartment
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/26Power supply means, e.g. regulation thereof
    • G06F1/32Means for saving power
    • G06F1/3203Power management, i.e. event-based initiation of a power-saving mode
    • G06F1/3234Power saving characterised by the action undertaken
    • G06F1/325Power saving in peripheral device
    • G06F1/3262Power saving in digitizer or tablet
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/26Power supply means, e.g. regulation thereof
    • G06F1/32Means for saving power
    • G06F1/3203Power management, i.e. event-based initiation of a power-saving mode
    • G06F1/3234Power saving characterised by the action undertaken
    • G06F1/325Power saving in peripheral device
    • G06F1/3265Power saving in display device
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/0416Control or interface arrangements specially adapted for digitisers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/0416Control or interface arrangements specially adapted for digitisers
    • G06F3/04166Details of scanning methods, e.g. sampling time, grouping of sub areas or time sharing with display driving
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V40/00Recognition of biometric, human-related or animal-related patterns in image or video data
    • G06V40/10Human or animal bodies, e.g. vehicle occupants or pedestrians; Body parts, e.g. hands
    • G06V40/12Fingerprints or palmprints
    • G06V40/13Sensors therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2310/00Command of the display device
    • G09G2310/02Addressing, scanning or driving the display screen or processing steps related thereto
    • G09G2310/0264Details of driving circuits
    • G09G2310/0267Details of drivers for scan electrodes, other than drivers for liquid crystal, plasma or OLED displays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2310/00Command of the display device
    • G09G2310/04Partial updating of the display screen
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2310/00Command of the display device
    • G09G2310/08Details of timing specific for flat panels, other than clock recovery
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2320/00Control of display operating conditions
    • G09G2320/06Adjustment of display parameters
    • G09G2320/0686Adjustment of display parameters with two or more screen areas displaying information with different brightness or colours
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2330/00Aspects of power supply; Aspects of display protection and defect management
    • G09G2330/02Details of power systems and of start or stop of display operation
    • G09G2330/021Power management, e.g. power saving
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2330/00Aspects of power supply; Aspects of display protection and defect management
    • G09G2330/02Details of power systems and of start or stop of display operation
    • G09G2330/021Power management, e.g. power saving
    • G09G2330/022Power management, e.g. power saving in absence of operation, e.g. no data being entered during a predetermined time

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of drive control, and in particular to a drive control method and related equipment.
  • the processing of the image data displayed in the partitions and the various driving, power supply, data transmission and other tasks related to the display panel are still in the same way as the image display of a complete area, namely The image data of the entire display panel will be processed and transmitted together.
  • the control modules of the display panel related functions such as display and touch control must also work together. Therefore, in the above-mentioned use scene where a part of the display area displays an image and a part of the display area does not display an image, the existing processing method is generally to output a black image to the part of the display area where the image is not displayed, resulting in a visual experience of not displaying the image. .
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a driving control method and related equipment for a display panel with different display areas.
  • time-sharing driving control By performing time-sharing driving control on pixel scanning circuits corresponding to different display areas, so that in a scenario where a part of the display area does not need to display an image, There may be some time for the pixel scanning circuit to not work, thereby saving the power consumption required by the pixel scanning circuit to scan the pixels in this period of time.
  • the method provided by the embodiments of the present application also performs time-sharing drive control on the touch scanning circuit and fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to different display areas, and also uses independent power supply for the pixels in different display areas, and also controls some of the functions of the display driver.
  • the time-sharing is enabled, which further saves the power consumption required for various tasks in the scene where the image does not need to be displayed in part of the display area.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a display module including a display panel and a display driver; the display panel includes a first pixel scanning circuit and a second pixel scanning circuit, and the first pixel scanning circuit is used for The pixels in the first area of the display panel are driven to convert electrical signals into optical signals, and the second pixel scanning circuit is used to drive the pixels in the second area of the display panel to convert electrical signals into optical signals.
  • the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit can be independently controlled, and the two circuits are electrically separated from each other. For example, when the first pixel scanning circuit works, the second pixel scanning circuit may not work, and the two will not affect each other.
  • the display driver is used to generate different display driving signals in different time periods, wherein the first display driving signal can trigger the operation of the first pixel scanning circuit, and the second display driving signal can trigger the operation of the second pixel scanning circuit.
  • Different display drive signals can be generated at different time periods to control the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit to work in different time periods, that is, to control the operation of the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit. Working hours.
  • the display panel includes two different display areas, and the pixels in the two display areas are scanned and driven by two independent pixel scanning circuits. Since the two pixel scanning circuits are independently controllable, the display The driver can independently control the operation or non-operation of the two pixel scanning circuits in different time periods. Based on this, in an implementation scenario where the first area of the display panel needs to display an image, but the second area does not need to display an image, the display driver can control the second pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the second area to not work during a certain period of time, thereby As a result, the second pixel scanning circuit does not need to scan and drive pixels in the second area during this period of time. Compared with the prior art original scheme of scanning and driving full-screen pixels in a full-period and full-area, the second pixel scanning circuit can be saved for a period of time. Power consumption required for work.
  • the display driver is specifically configured to output a first display driving signal and a second display driving signal, and the first display driving signal controls the first pixel scanning circuit to operate in the first time period.
  • the second display driving signal controls the second pixel scanning circuit to be in the working state in the second period of time to drive the pixels in the first area, the first The time period and the second time period cycle periodically.
  • the cycle period may be one frame, that is, the first time period and the second time period are polled every frame.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first pixel scanning circuit to work in the first time period In the second time period, the second pixel scanning circuit is controlled to work, so that when different display areas need to display images, the display control is performed by time-sharing and partitioned driving.
  • the display driver is further configured to not output the second display driving signal in the second time period in a specific time period, and the first time period in the specific time period And the second period of time cycles periodically.
  • the specific time period refers to the period of time during which a part of the display area needs to be re-displayed or the display re-display is required. Specifically, it may be a period of time when the electronic device is in a state where the first area needs to display an image but the second area does not need to display an image.
  • the specific time period can be entered when the electronic device changes from full-screen display to the display requirement that the second area does not need to display images.
  • the display driver learns that the electronic device does not need to display images from the second area, it needs to display images.
  • the specific time period can be ended. Further, the manner in which the display driver learns the display requirements of the above-mentioned different regions may be obtained by receiving instruction information sent by the processor.
  • the display driver is further configured to not output the second display driving signal in the second time period after obtaining the demand indication information of the second area screen; After the demand indication information displayed in the second area, the second display driving signal is output in a second time period.
  • the display driver is further configured to respond to an instruction to stop the screen in the second area, and stop outputting the second display drive signal during the second time period during the screen stop time in the second area .
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first pixel scanning circuit to work in the first time period
  • the second pixel scanning circuit is controlled to not work (that is, the second display driving signal is not output), so that the second area does not need to display images, which can save the second pixel scanning circuit in the second time period.
  • the power consumption required to drive the pixels in the second area is not be controlled to not work (that is, the second display driving signal is not output).
  • the display driver is further configured to output the first display driving signal in both the first time period and the second time period within a specific time period, and the specific The first time period and the second time period cyclically cycle within the time period.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first pixel scanning circuit to work in the first time period
  • the first pixel scanning circuit is still controlled to work so that the second area does not need to display images, and the power consumption originally used to scan the pixels in the second area is used for multiple refresh scans.
  • Pixels in one area that is, pixels in the first area that are scanned once in a frame
  • the pixels in the first area can be scanned twice, thereby increasing the display scanning frequency of the first area and improving the display picture of the first area. Quality, to provide a better experience for games and other scenes.
  • the display driver is further configured to provide pixel data signals to the display panel, and send the pixel data signals in both the first time period and the second time period, and the first time period The segment and the second time period cycle periodically, and the pixel data signal is used to indicate content displayed by the pixels in the display panel.
  • the display driver is further configured to send a pixel data signal to the display panel in a first time period in a specific time period, and not to send a pixel data signal in a second time period, so
  • the pixel data signal is used to indicate the content displayed by the pixels in the display panel, and the pixel data signal cooperates with the scanning of the pixel scanning circuit to finally present the displayed content.
  • the first time period and the second time period periodically cycle within the specific time period.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for sending the pixel data signals corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not send The pixel data signal can thereby save the power consumption of sending the pixel data signal in the second time period.
  • the display driver is configured to generate a pixel data signal in the first time period in a specific time period, and not generate a pixel data signal in the second time period, and the specific time period The first time period and the second time period periodically cycle within a time period.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for the generation of pixel data signals corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not generate The pixel data signal can thereby save power consumption for processing and generating the pixel data signal in the second time period.
  • the display driver is configured to receive the image data of the display panel sent by the processor, receive the image data of the first area in a first time period, and receive the image data in the second time period.
  • the image data of the second area the image data being used to generate a pixel data signal indicating the content displayed by the pixels in the display panel.
  • the display driver is configured to receive the image data of the display panel sent by the processor in a first time period in a specific time period, and not to receive and process the image data in the second time period.
  • the first time period and the second time period periodically cycle within the specific time period for the image data of the display panel sent by the device.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for the reception of image data corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not receive processing.
  • the image data sent by the device can save the power consumption of receiving image data in the second time period.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a processor, which is configured to obtain the display requirements of different areas of the display, and determine the time resources for sending image data of different areas to the display driver according to the display requirements.
  • the time resource includes a first time period and a second time period, and the first time period and the second time period periodically cycle.
  • the cycle period can be one frame, that is, the first time period and the second time period are polled every frame; the display requirement is used to indicate whether different areas need to display images.
  • the processor can allocate different time resources to send image data of different regions according to the display requirements of different regions, so that the time-sharing control of the image data transmission function of different display regions can be realized. Based on this, in an implementation scenario where an image needs to be displayed in the first area of the display panel, but the second area does not need to display an image, the processor can send image data in the first time period and not send image data in the second time period, and then Compared with the prior art original scheme of sending image data at all times, the power consumption required for image data transmission in the second time period can be saved.
  • the processor is further configured to send image data of the first area of the display to the display driver during the first time period, and send the image data to the display driver during the second time period.
  • the display driver sends the image data of the second area of the display, wherein the first time period corresponds to the time for the display driver to drive the first area of the display, and the second time period corresponds to the display driver to drive the The time of the second area of the display.
  • the processor allocates corresponding time resources for the image data transmission corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, so that when different display areas need to display images, you can use Display control in a time-sharing partition drive mode.
  • the processor is further configured to send image data of the first area of the display to the display driver during the first time period, and not send the image data to the display driver during the second time period.
  • the display driver sends the image data of the second area of the display, wherein the first time period corresponds to the time when the display driver drives the first area of the display, and the second time period corresponds to the display driver driving the first area of the display. The time of the second area of the display.
  • the processor allocates corresponding time resources for the image data transmission corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and sends the first time period of the display to the display driver during the first time period. If the image data of one area is not sent to the display driver in the second time, so that the second area does not need to display images, the processor can save the image data sent to the display driver in the second time period. The power consumption required for the data.
  • the processor is further configured to send first instruction information to at least one of a display driver, a power supply, a touch driver, and a fingerprint sensor driver, and the first instruction information is used to indicate all Describes the display requirements of different areas of the display.
  • the processor learns the display requirements of different regions, it can notify at least one of the display driver, power supply, touch driver, and fingerprint sensor driver, so that the above-mentioned modules can also correspond to the display requirements of different regions. Carry out time-sharing partition drive control to save more power consumption.
  • the processor is further configured to obtain and determine the display requirements of different areas of the display according to the state of the electronic device.
  • the state of the electronic device can be a folded state or an unfolded state, a one-handed operation state or a normal operation state, a curved display state or a non-curved display state, etc.
  • the processor can determine the display requirements of different areas of the display in this state according to the different states of the electronic device, thereby adjusting the transmission mode of its own image data, and can further instruct other modules to adjust the drive control mode to save power. Consumption.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which is characterized in that it includes a display and a processor;
  • the display includes a display panel and a display driver
  • the display panel includes a first pixel scanning circuit and a second pixel scanning circuit.
  • the first pixel scanning circuit is used to drive pixels in a first area of the display panel to convert electrical signals into optical signals.
  • the pixel scanning circuit is used to drive pixels in the second area of the display panel to convert electrical signals into optical signals;
  • the display driver is configured to generate different display driving signals to control the working time periods of the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit respectively;
  • the processor is configured to obtain the display requirements of different areas of the display, and determine the time resources for sending image data of different areas to the display driver according to the display requirements, wherein the time resources include a first time period and a second time period, so The first time period and the second time period cyclically cycle.
  • the display panel includes two different display areas, and the pixels in the two display areas are scanned and driven by two independent pixel scanning circuits. Since the two pixel scanning circuits are independently controllable, the display The driver can independently control the operation or non-operation of the two pixel scanning circuits in different time periods.
  • the processor can allocate different time resources to send image data of different areas according to the display requirements of different areas, so as to realize the time-sharing control of the image data transmission function of different display areas.
  • the display driver can control the second pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the second area to not work during a certain period of time, thereby As a result, the second pixel scanning circuit does not need to scan and drive pixels in the second area during this period of time.
  • the second pixel scanning circuit can be saved for a period of time. Power consumption required for work.
  • the processor can send image data in the first time period and not send image data in the second time period. Compared with the prior art original scheme of sending image data all the time, the processor can save image data transmission work in the second time period. Power consumption.
  • the display driver is specifically configured to output a first display driving signal and a second display driving signal, and the first display driving signal controls the first pixel scanning circuit to operate in the first time period.
  • the second display driving signal controls the second pixel scanning circuit to be in the working state in the second period of time to drive the pixels in the first area, the first The time period and the second time period cycle periodically.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first pixel scanning circuit to work in the first time period
  • the second pixel scanning circuit is controlled to work, so that when different display areas need to display images, the display control is performed by time-sharing and partitioned driving.
  • the display driver is specifically configured to output a first display driving signal and a second display driving signal, and the first display driving signal controls the first pixel scanning circuit to operate in the first time period.
  • the second display driving signal controls the second pixel scanning circuit to be in the working state in the second period of time to drive the pixels in the first area, the first The time period and the second time period cycle periodically.
  • the cycle period may be one frame, that is, the first time period and the second time period are polled every frame.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first pixel scanning circuit to work in the first time period In the second time period, the second pixel scanning circuit is controlled to work, so that when different display areas need to display images, the display control is performed by time-sharing and partitioned driving.
  • the display driver is further configured to not output the second display driving signal in the second time period in a specific time period, and the first time period in the specific time period And the second period of time cycles periodically.
  • the specific time period may specifically be a period of time when the electronic device is in a state where the first area needs to display images but the second area does not need to display images.
  • the specific time period can be entered when the display demand is met, and the specific time period can be ended when the display driver learns that the electronic device changes from a situation in which the second area does not need to display images to other display demands.
  • the manner in which the display driver learns the display requirements of the above-mentioned different regions may be obtained by receiving instruction information sent by the processor.
  • the display driver is further configured to not output the second display driving signal in the second time period after obtaining the demand indication information of the second area screen; After the demand indication information displayed in the second area, the second display driving signal is output in a second time period.
  • the display driver is further configured to respond to an instruction to stop the screen in the second area, and stop outputting the second display drive signal during the second time period during the screen stop time in the second area .
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first pixel scanning circuit to work in the first time period
  • the second pixel scanning circuit is controlled to not work (that is, the second display driving signal is not output), so that the second area does not need to display images, which can save the second pixel scanning circuit in the second time period.
  • the power consumption required to drive the pixels in the second area is not be controlled to not work (that is, the second display driving signal is not output).
  • the display driver is further configured to output the first display driving signal in both the first time period and the second time period within a specific time period, and the specific The first time period and the second time period cyclically cycle within the time period.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first pixel scanning circuit to work in the first time period
  • the first pixel scanning circuit is still controlled to work so that the second area does not need to display images, and the power consumption originally used to scan the pixels in the second area is used for multiple refresh scans.
  • Pixels in one area that is, pixels in the first area that are scanned once in a frame
  • the pixels in the first area can be scanned twice, thereby increasing the display scanning frequency of the first area and improving the display picture of the first area. Quality, to provide a better experience for games and other scenes.
  • the display driver is further configured to provide pixel data signal signals to the display panel, and send the pixel data signal signals in both the first time period and the second time period, and the second time period A period of time and the second period of time cycle periodically, and the pixel data signal signal is used to indicate content displayed by the pixels in the display panel.
  • the display driver is further configured to send a pixel data signal to the display panel in a first time period in a specific time period, and not to send a pixel data signal in a second time period, so
  • the pixel data signal is used to indicate the content displayed by the pixels in the display panel, and the pixel data signal cooperates with the scanning of the pixel scanning circuit to finally present the displayed content.
  • the first time period and the second time period periodically cycle within the specific time period.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for sending the pixel data signals corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not send The pixel data signal can thereby save the power consumption of sending the pixel data signal in the second time period.
  • the display driver is configured to generate a pixel data signal in the first time period in a specific time period, and not generate a pixel data signal in the second time period, and the specific time period The first time period and the second time period periodically cycle within a time period.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for the generation of pixel data signals corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not generate The pixel data signal can thereby save power consumption for processing and generating the pixel data signal in the second time period.
  • the display driver is configured to receive the image data of the display panel sent by the processor, receive the image data of the first area in a first time period, and receive the image data in the second time period.
  • the image data of the second area the image data being used to generate a pixel data signal signal indicating the content displayed by the pixel in the display panel.
  • the display driver is configured to receive the image data of the display panel sent by the processor in a first time period in a specific time period, and not to receive and process the image data in the second time period.
  • the first time period and the second time period periodically cycle within the specific time period for the image data of the display panel sent by the device.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for the reception of image data corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not receive processing.
  • the image data sent by the device can save the power consumption of receiving image data in the second time period.
  • the processor is further configured to send image data of the first area of the display to the display driver during the first time period, and send the image data to the display driver during the second time period.
  • the display driver sends the image data of the second area of the display, wherein the first time period corresponds to the time for the display driver to drive the first area of the display, and the second time period corresponds to the display driver to drive the The time of the second area of the display.
  • the processor allocates corresponding time resources for the image data transmission corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, so that when different display areas need to display images, you can use Display control in a time-sharing partition drive mode.
  • the processor is further configured to send image data of the first area of the display to the display driver during the first time period, and not send the image data to the display driver during the second time period.
  • the display driver sends the image data of the second area of the display, wherein the first time period corresponds to the time when the display driver drives the first area of the display, and the second time period corresponds to the display driver driving the first area of the display. The time of the second area of the display.
  • the processor allocates corresponding time resources for the image data transmission corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and sends the first time period of the display to the display driver during the first time period. If the image data of one area is not sent to the display driver in the second time, so that the second area does not need to display images, the processor can save the image data sent to the display driver in the second time period. The power consumption required for the data.
  • the processor is further configured to send first instruction information to at least one of a display driver, a power supply, a touch driver, and a fingerprint sensor driver, and the first instruction information is used to indicate all Describes the display requirements of different areas of the display.
  • the processor learns the display requirements of different regions, it can notify at least one of the display driver, power supply, touch driver, and fingerprint sensor driver, so that the above-mentioned modules can also correspond to the display requirements of different regions. Carry out time-sharing partition drive control to save more power consumption.
  • the processor is further configured to obtain and determine the display requirements of different areas of the display according to the state of the electronic device.
  • the state of the electronic device can be a folded state or an unfolded state, a one-handed operation state or a normal operation state, a curved display state or a non-curved display state, etc.
  • the processor can determine the display requirements of different areas of the display in this state according to the different states of the electronic device, thereby adjusting the transmission mode of its own image data, and can further instruct other modules to adjust the drive control mode to save power. Consumption.
  • it further includes a touch module;
  • the touch module includes a first touch scanning circuit, a second touch scanning circuit, and a touch driver;
  • the first touch scanning circuit and The second touch scanning circuit is integrated in the display panel;
  • the first touch scanning circuit is used to drive the touch sensor in the first area of the display panel, and the second pixel scanning circuit is used to drive the display The touch sensor in the second area of the panel;
  • the touch driver is used for controlling the working time period of the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit according to the display requirements of the first area and the second area.
  • the display panel includes two different display areas, and the touch sensors in the two display areas are respectively scanned and driven by the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit.
  • the circuits are independently controllable, so the touch driver can independently control the operation or non-operation of the two touch scanning circuits in different time periods. Based on this, in an implementation scenario where the first area of the display panel needs to display an image, but the second area does not need to display an image, the area where the image is not displayed can no longer be detected by the touch signal. Then the touch driver can control the second touch scanning circuit corresponding to the second area to not work in a certain period of time, so that the second touch scanning circuit does not need to scan and drive the touch sensor in the second area during this period of time. Therefore, compared with the prior art solution of scanning and driving a full-screen touch sensor in a full-time and full-area, the power consumption required for the operation of the second touch scanning circuit in a period of time can be saved.
  • the touch driver is specifically configured to: output a touch driving signal to the first touch scanning circuit in a third time period in a specific time period to drive the first area
  • the touch sensor does not output a touch drive signal in the fourth time period, and the third time period and the fourth time period periodically cycle within the specific time period.
  • the specific time period may specifically be a period of time when the electronic device is in a state where the first area needs to display an image but the second area does not need to display an image.
  • the specific time period can be entered, and when the touch driver learns that the electronic device changes from a situation in which the second area does not need to display images to other display requirements, the specific time period can be ended. Further, the way for the touch driver to learn the display requirements of the above-mentioned different areas may be obtained by receiving the instruction information sent by the processor.
  • the touch driver is further configured to not output the touch driving signal in the fourth time period after obtaining the demand indication information of the second area screen; After the demand indication information displayed in the second area, the touch driving signal is output in a fourth time period.
  • the display driver is further configured to respond to an instruction from the second area to stop the screen, and stop outputting the touch drive signal during a fourth time period within the second area's stop time.
  • the touch driver allocates corresponding time resources to the touch scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the third time period and the fourth time period, and controls the first touch in the third time period.
  • the scanning circuit works, and the second touch scanning circuit is controlled to not work in the fourth time period (that is, the touch driving signal is not output), so that the second area does not need to display an image, and the touch signal detection is no longer performed , It can also save the power consumption required by the second touch scanning circuit to scan and drive the touch sensor in the second area in the fourth time period.
  • the touch driver is specifically configured to output a touch drive signal to the first touch scanning circuit in both the third time period and the fourth time period in a specific time period.
  • the touch sensor in the first area is driven, and the third time period and the fourth time period periodically cycle within the specific time period.
  • the touch driver allocates corresponding time resources to the touch scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the third time period and the fourth time period, and controls the first touch in the third time period.
  • the scanning circuit works.
  • the first touch scanning circuit is still controlled to work, so that when the second area does not need to display images, the power consumption required by the touch sensor originally used to scan the second area is used.
  • the touch sensor that scans the first area in multiple refreshes is originally a touch sensor that scans the first area once in a frame.
  • the touch sensor in the first area can be scanned twice, thereby increasing the number of touch sensors in the first area.
  • the touch scanning frequency improves the sensitivity of touch sensing in the first area, and provides a better experience for games and other scenes.
  • the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit are electrically separated from each other.
  • the touch scanning circuit When the touch scanning circuit is designed with mutual capacitance, if the first area and the second area are vertical up and down partitions, that is, parallel to the vertical scanning line of the touch scanning circuit, then each touch scanning line can be controlled independently at this time. It is impossible to control the touch sensors of the two display areas in a time-sharing manner. Therefore, in this case, the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit need to be electrically separated from each other, so that the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit must be electrically separated from each other.
  • the control scanning circuit can be controlled independently without affecting each other.
  • the touch control module is further configured to: receive first instruction information sent by the processor, where the first instruction information is used to indicate the difference between the first area and the second area Show demand.
  • the fingerprint module includes a first fingerprint scanning circuit, a second fingerprint scanning circuit, and a fingerprint driver; the first fingerprint scanning circuit and the second fingerprint scanning circuit The circuit is integrated in the display panel; the first fingerprint scanning circuit is used to drive the fingerprint sensor in the first area of the display panel, and the second pixel scanning circuit is used to drive the fingerprint sensor in the second area of the display panel;
  • the fingerprint driver is used to control the working time period of the first fingerprint scanning circuit and the second fingerprint scanning circuit according to the display requirements of the first area and the second area.
  • the display panel includes two different display areas, and the fingerprint sensors in the two display areas are respectively scanned and driven by the first fingerprint scanning circuit and the second fingerprint scanning circuit, because the two fingerprint scanning circuits are independently controllable Therefore, the fingerprint driver can independently control the operation or non-operation of the two fingerprint scanning circuits in different time periods. Based on this, in an implementation scenario where an image needs to be displayed in the first area of the display panel and an image is not required to be displayed in the second area, the fingerprint signal detection may no longer be performed in the area where the image is not displayed.
  • the fingerprint driver can control the second fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to the second area to not work in a certain period of time, so that the second fingerprint scanning circuit does not need to scan and drive the fingerprint sensor in the second area during this period of time, and thus the fingerprint sensor in the second area is relatively present.
  • the fingerprint driver is specifically configured to: output a fingerprint driving signal to the first fingerprint scanning circuit in a fifth time period in a specific time period to drive the fingerprint sensor in the first area ,
  • the fingerprint drive signal is not output in the sixth time period, and the fifth time period and the sixth time period periodically cycle within the specific time period.
  • the specific time period may specifically be a period of time when the electronic device is in a state where the first area needs to display images but the second area does not need to display images.
  • the fingerprint driver learns that the electronic device changes from full-screen display to the second area without displaying images
  • the specific time period can be ended.
  • the manner in which the fingerprint driver learns the display requirements of the above-mentioned different regions may be obtained by receiving the instruction information sent by the processor.
  • the fingerprint driver is further configured to not output the fingerprint drive signal in the sixth time period after obtaining the demand indication information of the second area screen; After the demand indication information displayed in the second area, the fingerprint drive signal is output in the sixth time period.
  • the display driver is further configured to respond to an instruction to stop the screen in the second area, and stop outputting the fingerprint drive signal during the sixth time period of the screen stop time in the second area.
  • the fingerprint driver allocates corresponding time resources to the fingerprint scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, namely the fifth time period and the sixth time period, and controls the operation of the first fingerprint scanning circuit in the fifth time period
  • the second fingerprint scanning circuit is controlled to be inoperative (that is, the fingerprint drive signal is not output), so that when the second area does not need to display an image, the fingerprint signal detection is no longer performed, and the sixth During the time period, the second fingerprint scanning circuit scans the power consumption required to drive the fingerprint sensor in the second area.
  • the fingerprint driver is specifically configured to output a fingerprint driving signal to the first fingerprint scanning circuit to drive the first fingerprint scanning circuit in both the fifth time period and the sixth time period in a specific time period
  • the fifth time period and the sixth time period periodically cycle within the specific time period.
  • the fingerprint driver allocates corresponding time resources to the fingerprint scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, namely the fifth time period and the sixth time period, and controls the operation of the first fingerprint scanning circuit in the fifth time period ,
  • the first fingerprint scanning circuit is still controlled to work, so that the second area does not need to display images, and the power consumption required by the fingerprint sensor originally used to scan the second area is used for multiple refresh scans
  • the fingerprint sensor in the first area is originally a fingerprint sensor that scans the first area once in a frame.
  • the fingerprint sensor in the first area can be scanned twice, thereby increasing the frequency of fingerprint scanning in the first area and improving the first area.
  • the fingerprint sensing sensitivity of the area provides a better experience for games and other scenes.
  • the first fingerprint scanning circuit and the second fingerprint scanning circuit are electrically separated from each other.
  • the touch control module is further configured to: receive first instruction information sent by the processor, where the first instruction information is used to indicate the difference between the first area and the second area Show demand.
  • it also includes a power supply module
  • the power supply module is used to perform independent power supply control for the pixels in the first area and the second area.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a drive control system, which is applied to an electronic device with a display panel, including a display panel and a display drive module; wherein,
  • the display panel includes at least two display areas, each display area has a corresponding pixel scanning circuit, and each pixel scanning circuit is electrically separated from each other; each of the pixel scanning circuits is used to drive pixels in a corresponding display area;
  • the display driving module includes a scanning control circuit; the scanning control circuit is respectively connected to the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to each display area; the scanning control circuit is used to perform independent operation on the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to each display area Scan drive control.
  • the display panel includes two different display areas, and the pixels in the two display areas are scanned and driven by two independent pixel scanning circuits. Since the two pixel scanning circuits are independently controllable, the display The driver can independently control the operation or non-operation of the two pixel scanning circuits in different time periods. Based on this, in an implementation scenario where the first area of the display panel needs to display an image, but the second area does not need to display an image, the display driver can control the second pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the second area to not work during a certain period of time, thereby As a result, the second pixel scanning circuit does not need to scan and drive pixels in the second area during this period of time. Compared with the prior art original scheme of scanning and driving full-screen pixels in a full-period and full-area, the second pixel scanning circuit can be saved for a period of time. Power consumption required for work.
  • the system further includes a power supply module; the power supply module is respectively connected to the pixels of each display area; the power supply module is used to perform independent power supply control for the pixels of each display area.
  • the power module can independently supply power to the pixels in each display area. Based on this, the first area of the display panel needs to display an image, and the second area does not need to display the image in the implementation scenario, the power module It is not necessary to supply power to the pixels in the second area, thereby saving part of the power consumption.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a drive control method, which is applied to an electronic device with a display panel, and the method includes:
  • the display driver obtains the display requirements of the first area and the second area in the display panel; wherein the display requirements are used to indicate whether the first area and the second area need to display images;
  • the display driver generates different display drive signals according to the display requirements of the first area and the second area to respectively control the working time periods of the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit, wherein the first pixel
  • the scanning circuit is used to drive the pixels in the first area of the display panel to convert electrical signals into optical signals
  • the second pixel scanning circuit is used to drive the pixels in the second area of the display panel to convert electrical signals. Converted to optical signal.
  • the display panel includes two different display areas, and the pixels in the two display areas are scanned and driven by two independent pixel scanning circuits. Since the two pixel scanning circuits are independently controllable, the display The driver can independently control the operation or non-operation of the two pixel scanning circuits in different time periods. Based on this, the display driver can control the time period during which the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit are in working state according to the display requirements of the two regions.
  • the display driver can control the second pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the second area to not work during a certain period of time, so that During the period of time, the second pixel scanning circuit does not need to scan and drive the pixels in the second area.
  • the display driver can control the second pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the second area to not work during a certain period of time, so that During the period of time, the second pixel scanning circuit does not need to scan and drive the pixels in the second area.
  • the display driver when the display requirements of the first area and the second area are both display images, the display driver outputs the first pixel scanning circuit to the first pixel scanning circuit in the first time period.
  • a display driving signal is used to control the first pixel scanning circuit to drive the pixels in the first region in a first period of time, and a second display driving signal is output to the second pixel scanning circuit in a second period of time to control the first pixel scanning circuit.
  • the two-pixel scanning circuit drives the pixels of the second area in a second time period; the first time period and the second time period cycle periodically.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first pixel scanning circuit to work in the first time period In the second time period, the second pixel scanning circuit is controlled to work, so that when different display areas need to display images, the display control is performed by time-sharing and partitioned driving.
  • the method further includes:
  • the display driver When the display requirement of the first area is to display an image, and the display requirement of the second area is to not display an image, the display driver outputs the first display to the first pixel scanning circuit in the first time period
  • the driving signal is used to control the first pixel scanning circuit to drive the pixels in the first region during the first time period, and not to output a second display driving signal to the second pixel scanning circuit during the second time period. Controlling the second pixel scanning circuit not to drive the pixels in the second region during the second time period.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first pixel scanning circuit to work in the first time period
  • the second pixel scanning circuit is controlled to not work (that is, the second display driving signal is not output), so that the second area does not need to display images, which can save the second pixel scanning circuit in the second time period.
  • the power consumption required to drive the pixels in the second area is not be controlled to not work (that is, the second display driving signal is not output).
  • the method further includes:
  • the display driver sends to the The first pixel scanning circuit outputs a first display driving signal to control the first pixel scanning circuit to drive the pixels in the first region in the first time period and the second time period, respectively.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first pixel scanning circuit to work in the first time period
  • the first pixel scanning circuit is still controlled to work so that the second area does not need to display images, and the power consumption originally used to scan the pixels in the second area is used for multiple refresh scans.
  • Pixels in one area that is, pixels in the first area that are scanned once in a frame
  • the pixels in the first area can be scanned twice, thereby increasing the display scanning frequency of the first area and improving the display picture of the first area. Quality, to provide a better experience for games and other scenes.
  • the method further includes:
  • the pixel data signal is sent in both the first time period and the second time period, and the first time period The segment and the second time period cycle periodically, and the pixel data signal is used to indicate content displayed by the pixels in the display panel.
  • the method further includes:
  • the display driver sends a pixel data signal to the display panel in the first time period, and in the second time The pixel data signal is not sent in the segment; the pixel data signal is used to indicate the content displayed by the pixels in the display panel, and the first time period and the second time period cycle periodically.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for sending the pixel data signals corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not send The pixel data signal can thereby save the power consumption of sending the pixel data signal in the second time period.
  • the method further includes:
  • the display driver When the display requirement of the first area is to display an image, and the display requirement of the second area is not to display an image, the display driver generates the pixel data signal in the first time period, and in the second The pixel data signal is not generated during the time period.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for the generation of pixel data signals corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not generate The pixel data signal can thereby save power consumption for processing and generating the pixel data signal in the second time period.
  • the method further includes:
  • the display driver receives the image data of the first area sent by the processor in the first time period, and receives the image data of the second area sent by the receiving processor in the second time period, where the image data is used to generate an instruction
  • the pixel data signal of the content displayed by the pixel in the display panel is used to generate an instruction
  • the method further includes:
  • the display driver receives the image data of the display panel sent by the processor in the first time period, and The second time period does not receive the image data of the display panel sent by the processor, and the first time period and the second time period cycle periodically.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for the reception of image data corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not receive processing.
  • the image data sent by the device can save the power consumption of receiving image data in the second time period.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a touch module, the touch module includes a first touch scan circuit, a second touch scan circuit, and a touch driver; the first touch scan circuit And the second touch scanning circuit are integrated in the display panel; the first touch scanning circuit is used to drive the touch sensor in the first area of the display panel, and the second pixel scanning circuit is used to drive the The touch sensor in the second area of the display panel;
  • the touch driver is used for controlling the working time period of the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit according to the display requirements of the first area and the second area.
  • the display panel includes two different display areas, and the touch sensors in the two display areas are respectively scanned and driven by the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit.
  • the circuits are independently controllable, so the touch driver can independently control the operation or non-operation of the two touch scanning circuits in different time periods. Based on this, in an implementation scenario where the first area of the display panel needs to display an image, but the second area does not need to display an image, the area where the image is not displayed can no longer be detected by the touch signal. Then the touch driver can control the second touch scanning circuit corresponding to the second area to not work in a certain period of time, so that the second touch scanning circuit does not need to scan and drive the touch sensor in the second area during this period of time. Therefore, compared with the prior art solution of scanning and driving a full-screen touch sensor in a full-time and full-area, the power consumption required for the operation of the second touch scanning circuit in a period of time can be saved.
  • the touch driver is specifically configured to: output a touch driving signal to the first touch scanning circuit to drive the first area in a first time period in a specific time period
  • the touch sensor in the second time period does not output a touch drive signal, and the first time period and the second time period periodically cycle within the specific time period.
  • the specific time period may specifically be a period of time when the electronic device is in a state where the first area needs to display an image but the second area does not need to display an image.
  • the specific time period can be entered, and when the touch driver learns that the electronic device changes from a situation in which the second area does not need to display images to other display requirements, the specific time period can be ended. Further, the manner in which the touch driver obtains the display requirements of the above-mentioned different regions may be obtained by receiving instruction information sent by the processor.
  • the touch driver is further configured to not output the touch drive signal in the second time period after obtaining the demand indication information of the second area screen; After the demand indication information displayed in the second area, the touch driving signal is output in a second time period.
  • the display driver is further configured to respond to an instruction to close the screen in the second area, and stop outputting the touch drive signal during a second time period during the screen-off time in the second area.
  • the touch driver allocates corresponding time resources to the touch scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first touch in the first time period.
  • the scanning circuit works, and the second touch scanning circuit is controlled to not work during the second time period (that is, the touch driving signal is not output), so that the second area does not need to display an image, and the touch signal detection is no longer performed , It can also save the power consumption required by the second touch scanning circuit to scan and drive the touch sensor in the second area in the second time period.
  • the touch driver is specifically configured to: in a specific time period, output a touch drive signal to the first touch scanning circuit in both the first time period and the second time period to The touch sensor in the first area is driven, and the first time period and the second time period periodically cycle within the specific time period.
  • the touch driver allocates corresponding time resources to the touch scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the first touch in the first time period.
  • the scanning circuit works, and still controls the operation of the first touch scanning circuit in the second time period, so that when the second area does not need to display images, the power consumption required by the touch sensor originally used to scan the second area is used.
  • the touch sensor that scans the first area in multiple refreshes is originally a touch sensor that scans the first area once in a frame.
  • the touch sensor in the first area can be scanned twice, thereby increasing the number of touch sensors in the first area.
  • the touch scanning frequency improves the sensitivity of touch sensing in the first area, and provides a better experience for games and other scenes.
  • the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit are electrically separated from each other.
  • the touch scanning circuit When the touch scanning circuit is designed with mutual capacitance, if the first area and the second area are vertical up and down partitions, that is, parallel to the vertical scanning line of the touch scanning circuit, then each touch scanning line can be controlled independently at this time. It is impossible to control the touch sensors of the two display areas in a time-sharing manner. Therefore, in this case, the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit need to be electrically separated from each other, so that the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit must be electrically separated from each other.
  • the control scanning circuit can be controlled independently without affecting each other.
  • the touch control module is further configured to: receive first instruction information sent by the processor, where the first instruction information is used to indicate the difference between the first area and the second area Show demand.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a fingerprint module.
  • the fingerprint module includes a first fingerprint scanning circuit, a second fingerprint scanning circuit, and a fingerprint driver; the first fingerprint scanning circuit and the second fingerprint
  • the scanning circuit is integrated in the display panel; the first fingerprint scanning circuit is used to drive the fingerprint sensor in the first area of the display panel, and the second pixel scanning circuit is used to drive the fingerprint sensor in the second area of the display panel ;
  • the fingerprint driver is used to control the working time period of the first fingerprint scanning circuit and the second fingerprint scanning circuit according to the display requirements of the first area and the second area.
  • the display panel includes two different display areas, and the fingerprint sensors in the two display areas are respectively scanned and driven by the first fingerprint scanning circuit and the second fingerprint scanning circuit, because the two fingerprint scanning circuits are independently controllable Therefore, the fingerprint driver can independently control the operation or non-operation of the two fingerprint scanning circuits in different time periods. Based on this, in an implementation scenario where an image needs to be displayed in the first area of the display panel and an image is not required to be displayed in the second area, the fingerprint signal detection may no longer be performed in the area where the image is not displayed.
  • the fingerprint driver can control the second fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to the second area to not work in a certain period of time, so that the second fingerprint scanning circuit does not need to scan and drive the fingerprint sensor in the second area during this period of time, and thus the fingerprint sensor in the second area is relatively present.
  • the fingerprint driver is specifically configured to: output a fingerprint drive signal to the first fingerprint scanning circuit in a first time period within a specific time period to drive the fingerprint sensor in the first area ,
  • the fingerprint drive signal is not output in the second time period, and the first time period and the second time period periodically cycle within the specific time period.
  • the specific time period may specifically be a period of time when the electronic device is in a state where the first area needs to display images but the second area does not need to display images.
  • the specific time period can be entered when the display demand is met, and the specific time period can be ended when the fingerprint driver learns that the electronic device changes from a situation in which the second area does not need to display images to other display demands. Further, the manner in which the fingerprint driver learns the display requirements of the above-mentioned different regions may be obtained by receiving the instruction information sent by the processor.
  • the fingerprint driver is further configured to not output the fingerprint drive signal in the second time period after obtaining the demand indication information of the second area screen; After the demand indication information displayed in the second area, the fingerprint driving signal is output in the second time period.
  • the display driver is further configured to respond to an instruction to stop the screen in the second area, and stop outputting the fingerprint drive signal during the second time period within the screen stop time in the second area.
  • the fingerprint driver allocates corresponding time resources to the fingerprint scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the operation of the first fingerprint scanning circuit in the first time period
  • the second fingerprint scanning circuit is controlled to be inoperative (that is, the fingerprint drive signal is not output), so that when the second area does not need to display an image, the fingerprint signal detection is no longer performed, and the second fingerprint scanning circuit can also be saved.
  • the second fingerprint scanning circuit scans the power consumption required to drive the fingerprint sensor in the second area.
  • the fingerprint driver is specifically configured to output a fingerprint driving signal to the first fingerprint scanning circuit to drive the fingerprint scanning circuit in both the first time period and the second time period in a specific time period.
  • the first time period and the second time period periodically cycle within the specific time period.
  • the fingerprint driver allocates corresponding time resources to the fingerprint scanning circuits corresponding to the first area and the second area, that is, the first time period and the second time period, and controls the operation of the first fingerprint scanning circuit in the first time period ,
  • the first fingerprint scanning circuit is still controlled to work, so that the second area does not need to display images, and the power consumption required by the fingerprint sensor originally used to scan the second area is used for multiple refresh scans
  • the fingerprint sensor in the first area is originally a fingerprint sensor that scans the first area once in a frame.
  • the fingerprint sensor in the first area can be scanned twice, thereby increasing the frequency of fingerprint scanning in the first area and improving the first area.
  • the fingerprint sensing sensitivity of the area provides a better experience for games and other scenes.
  • the first fingerprint scanning circuit and the second fingerprint scanning circuit are electrically separated from each other.
  • the touch control module is further configured to: receive first instruction information sent by the processor, where the first instruction information is used to indicate the difference between the first area and the second area Show demand.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a drive control method, which is applied to an electronic device with a display, and the method includes:
  • the display driver obtains the display requirements of the first area and the second area in the display panel
  • the display driver sends pixel data signals to the display panel in the first time period, and does not send pixels in the second time period Data signal; the pixel data signal is used to indicate the content displayed by the pixels in the display panel, and the first time period and the second time period cycle periodically.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for sending the pixel data signals corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not send The pixel data signal can thereby save the power consumption of sending the pixel data signal in the second time period.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a drive control method, which is applied to an electronic device with a display, and the method includes:
  • the display driver obtains the display requirements of the first area and the second area in the display panel
  • the display driver When the display requirement of the first area is to display an image, and the display requirement of the second area is not to display an image, the display driver generates the pixel data signal in the first time period, and in the second The pixel data signal is not generated during the time period.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for the generation of pixel data signals corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not generate The pixel data signal can thereby save power consumption for processing and generating the pixel data signal in the second time period.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a drive control method, which is applied to an electronic device with a display, and the method includes:
  • the display driver obtains the display requirements of the first area and the second area in the display panel
  • the display driver receives the image data of the display panel sent by the processor in the first time period, and The second time period does not receive the image data of the display panel sent by the processor, and the first time period and the second time period cycle periodically.
  • the display driver allocates corresponding time resources for the reception of image data corresponding to the first area and the second area.
  • the second time period display driver module may not receive processing.
  • the image data sent by the device can save the power consumption of receiving image data in the second time period.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the software structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 3a is a schematic diagram of a display state of a curved display panel provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 3b is a schematic diagram of the display state of another curved display panel provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4a is a schematic diagram of a display state of a foldable display panel provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 4b is a schematic diagram of the display state of another foldable display panel provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a display state of a display panel in a one-handed operation state according to an embodiment of the application
  • Fig. 6a is a system architecture diagram of a drive control system provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • Fig. 6b is a system architecture diagram of another drive control system provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a pixel scanning circuit of a display panel provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8a is a schematic diagram of a mutual-capacitive touch scanning circuit provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8b is a schematic diagram of a self-capacitive touch scanning circuit provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of functional control of a drive control method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of function control of another drive control method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 11 is a signal control timing diagram of a data transmission sub-module of a processor and a data receiving sub-module of a display driver provided in an embodiment of the application in one frame;
  • FIG. 12 is a timing diagram of the enable signal control of each sub-module or unit in the display driver provided in an embodiment of the application in one frame;
  • FIG. 13a is a driving timing signal diagram of a pixel scanning circuit in one frame according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 13b is a driving timing signal diagram of another pixel scanning circuit in one frame according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14a is a driving timing signal diagram of a mutual-capacitive touch scanning circuit in one frame according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14b is a driving timing signal diagram of another mutual-capacitive touch scanning circuit in one frame according to an embodiment of the application.
  • 15a is a driving timing signal diagram of a self-capacitive touch scanning circuit in one frame according to an embodiment of the application;
  • 15b is a driving timing signal diagram of another self-capacitive touch scanning circuit in one frame according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 16 is a driving timing signal diagram of each module or unit in one frame in two states according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a driving timing signal diagram of another pixel scanning circuit in one frame according to an embodiment of the application.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality” means two or more.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a driving control method, which is applied to an electronic device with a display panel.
  • the display panel may have at least two pixel groups, each pixel group includes a plurality of pixels, each pixel group corresponds to a display area, and each display area has a corresponding pixel scanning circuit.
  • the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to each display area is specifically configured to sequentially drive pixels in the display area to convert electrical signals into optical signals.
  • the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to each display area are independently controllable, and the display driver can independently control the working period of each pixel scanning circuit, that is, it can independently control where each pixel scanning circuit is.
  • the embodiment of the present application may allocate corresponding time resources to the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to each display area, and the time resources of the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to multiple display areas are periodically cycled.
  • the display panel includes two display areas, a first area and a second area, which have corresponding first pixel scanning circuits and second pixel scanning circuits.
  • the display driver can allocate the first time period in one frame to the first area and the second time period in one frame to the second area.
  • the first time period and the second time period can form a frame without an interval, and continue to circulate the first time period and the second time period in the next frame, thereby realizing a periodic cycle; in another implementation manner, the first time period and the second time period There can also be a certain interval between the time periods, that is, the first time period and the second time period and the interval together form a frame, and the first time period and the second time period continue to circulate in the next frame, so as to achieve periodicity cycle.
  • the first time period can be used to control the operation of the first pixel scanning circuit
  • the second time period can be used to control the operation of the second pixel scanning circuit. In this way, the first area and the second area will be time-sharing scanning driven in the first time period and the second time period in one frame, thereby further displaying the image.
  • the display area of the display panel may have two display requirements.
  • the display requirements of some display areas are to display images, and the display requirements of other display areas are not to display images.
  • the embodiment of this application is aimed at the implementation scenario in which some areas need to display images and some areas do not need to display images.
  • the display demand is corresponding to the area where the image is displayed within a specific time period.
  • the pixel scanning circuit When the time resource of the pixel scanning circuit arrives, the pixel scanning circuit is controlled to work normally (driving the corresponding pixel to convert the electrical signal into an optical signal); when the display demand is that the time resource of the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the area where no image is displayed arrives, The pixel scanning circuit is controlled to stop working (the corresponding pixel is not driven to convert electrical signals into optical signals).
  • the specific time period refers to the period of time during which part of the display area needs to be closed or instructed to be closed.
  • the specific time period may specifically be a period of time when the electronic device is in a state where the first area needs to display images but the second area does not need to display images.
  • the specific time period can be entered when the display demand is met, and the specific time period can be ended when the display driver learns that the electronic device does not need to display images from the second area to need to display images.
  • the specific time period may also be a period of time after obtaining the demand indication information of the second area on the screen, and the specific time period ends after obtaining the demand indication information displayed in the second area.
  • a specific time period is entered when the instruction to close the screen in the second area is received, and the specific time period is ended when the instruction to display in the second area is received.
  • the display area and the corresponding pixel scanning circuit when pre-dividing the display area and the corresponding pixel scanning circuit, it can be set according to the specific functions of the specific electronic device. For example, in certain functions or scenarios, which areas do not need to display images, The number and location of the display areas that need to be divided can be determined according to these specific conditions in which areas need to be displayed. At the same time, after the location of the display area is determined, the time resource corresponding to each display area can be further determined. For example, three display areas can be divided equally from left to right, and the corresponding time resources in each frame can be the first time period, the second time period, and the third time period. The three time periods are in each frame. The cycles are cycled once in turn. Moreover, the time lengths of the three time resources can be the same or different, and can be further set according to the situation.
  • the corresponding functions of the display driver for receiving, processing, and sending image data in the specific time period may not be enabled.
  • the pixels corresponding to the part of the area where the image does not need to be displayed may not be powered.
  • the touch driver can also allocate corresponding time resources for each touch scanning circuit, and multiple displays The time resources of the touch scanning circuit corresponding to the area cyclically cycle. It is possible to control the normal operation of the touch scanning circuit when the display demand is the time resource of the touch scanning circuit corresponding to the area where the image is displayed, and when the display demand is the time resource of the touch scanning circuit corresponding to the area where the image is not displayed. , The touch driver stops scanning and driving the touch sensor by the touch scanning circuit.
  • different display areas of the display panel can correspond to different fingerprint scanning circuits, and the fingerprint driver can also allocate corresponding time resources for each fingerprint scanning circuit, and multiple display areas correspond to The time resource of the fingerprint scanning circuit cycles periodically.
  • the fingerprint scanning circuit can be controlled to work normally when the display demand is the time resource of the fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to the area where the image is displayed.
  • the fingerprint driver Stop scanning and driving the fingerprint sensor by the fingerprint scanning circuit.
  • the power consumption required for the corresponding work of the part can be saved, and after all the parts are executed, the power consumption required for the corresponding work of all parts can be saved, and the battery life of the electronic device is prolonged.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an exemplary electronic device 100 provided in this application.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a handheld computer, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook, a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant) digital assistant (PDA), augmented reality (AR) devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, artificial intelligence (AI) devices, wearable devices, in-vehicle devices, smart home devices and/or Smart city equipment, the embodiment of the application does not impose any special restrictions on the specific type of the electronic equipment. In general, as long as it can meet the requirements of the above-mentioned display panel with multiple display areas, and different areas may be in both visible and invisible display states at the same time, it can be applicable to the drive control provided by the embodiments of the present application. method.
  • the electronic device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown in the figure, may combine two or more components, or may have different component configurations.
  • the various components shown in the figure may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the electronic device 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 150 wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display 194, And subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the processor 110 may be configured as a system on chip (System on Chip, SOC), and may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP). Demodulation processor, graphics processing unit (GPU), image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), Baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • AP application processor
  • Demodulation processor graphics processing unit
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface can include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous transmitter) interface.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, which includes a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc., respectively through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100.
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices.
  • the MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100.
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100. Specifically, it may include the data receiving interface MIPI RX and the data transmission interface MIPI TX.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect earphones and play audio through earphones.
  • the interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present application is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the power management module 141 may include a separate power module, and the power module is mainly used to provide the display screen 194 (specifically, the pixels in the display screen) and drive circuits related to the display screen 194 (for example, , Display driver, touch driver and fingerprint driver) for power supply.
  • the display screen 194 may include a plurality of pixel groups, and the power supply module may be connected to each pixel group separately for independently supplying power to each pixel group. Further, in a specific time period, the power supply module can supply power to some pixel groups but not other pixel groups.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and so on.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT wireless fidelity
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include the global positioning system (GPS), the global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), the Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), and the quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi). -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • the display screen 194 is also called a display, and includes a display panel, and may also include a control circuit for controlling the display panel. Specifically, it may be a display drive integrated circuit (DDIC), which is also called a display driver.
  • the control circuit for controlling the display panel is partially integrated on the display panel.
  • the display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the display panel may include multiple display areas, and each display area corresponds to a group of pixels, and the pixels may display corresponding image content after being driven and powered.
  • Each display area of the display panel may have a corresponding independently controllable pixel scanning circuit, and the pixel scanning circuit is used to scan and drive pixels in the corresponding display area in order to display an image.
  • the pixel scanning circuit may include a row scanning circuit and a light-emitting scanning circuit. The row scanning circuit is used to sequentially drive the pixels corresponding to each row in the display panel to load pixel data signals, and the light-emitting scanning circuit is used to drive the display sequentially.
  • the pixels corresponding to each row in the panel display an image according to the pixel data signal.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfers the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • MPEG2 MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • the NPU can realize applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application required by a function (such as a face recognition function, a fingerprint recognition function, a mobile payment function, etc.) and so on.
  • the storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 100 (such as face information template data, fingerprint information template, etc.) and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also called “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 170B also called a "handset" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through the human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194. Pressure sensor 180A
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive materials.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation intensities can correspond to different operation instructions.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100.
  • the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes i.e., x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
  • the gyro sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Then, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers and so on.
  • the electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • Fingerprint sensor 180H used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, and so on.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H has a corresponding fingerprint scanning circuit and a fingerprint driver (or fingerprint driving circuit) for driving the fingerprint sensor 180H to detect and feedback fingerprint signals.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the electronic device 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 due to low temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch device” or “touch sensor”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be provided on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K has a corresponding touch scanning circuit and a touch driver (or touch driving circuit) for driving the touch sensor 180K to detect and feedback touch signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function.
  • the application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the button 190 includes a power-on button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations that act on different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication.
  • the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 by way of example.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package can include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, and a notification manager.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
  • the content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the data may include video, image, audio, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window.
  • prompt text information in the status bar sound a prompt sound, electronic device vibration, flashing indicator light, etc.
  • Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function function that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in a virtual machine.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to realize 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
  • the 2D graphics engine is a graphics engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer.
  • the kernel layer processes the touch operation into the original input event (including touch coordinates, time stamp of the touch operation, etc.).
  • the original input events are stored in the kernel layer.
  • the application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Taking the touch operation as a touch click operation, and the control corresponding to the click operation is the control of the camera application icon as an example, the camera application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the camera application, and then starts the camera driver by calling the kernel layer.
  • the camera 193 captures still images or videos.
  • the embodiments of the present application are applicable to electronic devices having a display panel, where the display panel has at least two display areas, and these display areas are pre-divided.
  • the display panel may be divided into two display areas with similar areas by taking the center line of the display panel as the critical line in advance, or the display area may be divided according to other designs.
  • the display area in the embodiment of the present application may have two display requirements, that is, an image needs to be displayed and an image does not need to be displayed.
  • the first is that all display areas need to display images (full-screen display), and the second is that all display areas do not need to display images (the full-screen does not display, for example, The rest screen state), the third is that some of the multiple display areas need to display an image and the part of the display area does not need to display an image.
  • the electronic device may be a device with a curved display panel
  • the first area 101 of the display panel 10 may be configured on the front surface of the electronic device
  • the second area 102 (the curved part) may be It is arranged on the side surface of the electronic device.
  • FIGS. 3a and 3b a device with a curved display panel having a first area 101 and two second areas 102 is shown.
  • both the first area 101 and the second area 102 perform image display; in some implementation scenarios, as shown in FIG. 3b, only the first area 101 is allowed to perform image display, and the The second area 102 does not perform image display.
  • the first area 101 and the second area 102 may not display images.
  • the electronic device may be foldable, and the corresponding display panel 10 is also flexibly foldable.
  • the display area of the display panel 10 may be determined according to the folding position of the electronic device.
  • FIG. 4a it is a schematic diagram of the display state of the electronic device in the folded state (which may include the folding process). It can be seen that in the folded state, the first area 101 can display an image, while the second area 102 may not display an image.
  • the bending area shown in FIG. 4a can be set as the first area 101, can also be set as the second area 102, and can also be partially set as the first area 101 and partially set as the second area.
  • Fig. 4b is a schematic diagram of the display state of the electronic device in the unfolded state (which may include the unfolding process). It can be seen that in the unfolded state, the first area 101 and the second area 102 can both display images. Of course, in some cases, the first area 101 and the second area 102 may not display images.
  • the electronic device may also have other functions of split-screen display or single-handed operation.
  • some areas may not display images; when using the one-handed operation function, the display area will be reduced to the area that the user can touch with one hand, so there are also some areas where the image is not displayed. Therefore, similar to the above two situations where a fixed part of the display area does not display an image and the other part displays an image, both are applicable to the usage scenarios of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first area 101 displays an image
  • the second area 102 does not display an image.
  • the first area 101 and the second area 102 may both be in the display state.
  • the embodiment of this application is aimed at similar to the above-mentioned electronic devices with implementation scenarios where some areas need to display images and some areas do not need to display images.
  • the drive module and the power supply module can stop working for a certain period of time to stop driving and supplying power to pixels in the display area that do not need to display images, or stop driving the touch sensor in the display area that does not need to display images, or stop driving and do not need to display
  • the fingerprint sensor in the display area of the image saves the power consumption required by the electronic device to drive and power the display area that does not display the image, and prolongs the battery life of the electronic device.
  • the drive control method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below. First, the drive control system to which the drive control method of the embodiment of the present application is applicable will be introduced. The drive control system can be applied to the electronic equipment shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIGS. 6a and 6b are system architecture diagrams of two drive control systems provided by embodiments of the application. Since the two system architectures are only partially different, the following descriptions that are not clearly distinguished are applicable to the two system architectures shown in FIG. 6a and FIG. 6b.
  • the drive control system shown in FIGS. 6a and 6b includes a display panel 10, a processor 20, a display driver 30, a power module 40, a touch driver 50, and a fingerprint driver 60.
  • the display panel 10 and the display driver 30 can also be called a display module, a display screen or a display together; wherein, the display panel 10 and the display driver 30 can be independent or packaged together.
  • the display panel 10 is used to display images and may include at least two display areas. Illustratively, it is shown in FIGS. 6 a and 6 b that the display panel 10 may include a first area 101 and a second area 102. It is understandable that the display panel 10 may include more display areas, such as a third area, a fourth area, etc., but as long as the display panel 10 is partitioned, no matter how many display areas there are, the drive control methods for different areas are They are all consistent. Therefore, the following embodiments of the present application mainly take two display areas and three display areas as examples for detailed description.
  • first area 101 and the second area 102 described above are only a distinction between the display area of the display panel 10, and it does not mean that the display panel 10 is physically divided into two parts.
  • the display panel 10 is a continuous and complete display screen.
  • the display requirements of the display panel may be the need to display images and the need not to display images. For example, if both the first area 101 and the second area 102 need to display images, then the first area 101 and the second area 102 Image display can be performed on both; if the first area 101 and the second area 102 do not need to display images, the first area 101 and the second area 102 may not perform image display; if the first area 101 needs to display images, the second area The area 102 does not need to display an image, so the first area 101 can perform image display while the second area 102 does not perform image display.
  • the display panel 10 includes a plurality of pixels (pixels can be understood as diodes that can independently emit light). After the pixels are driven by the pixel scanning circuit, the pixel data signals can be loaded to the pixels through the data line, and the power supply module 40 provides If the power supply voltage is higher, the pixels can emit light and display different colors, and convert electrical signals into light signals, thereby presenting the image to be output on the display panel 10.
  • the first area 101 and the second area 102 respectively have corresponding pixel scanning circuits, which may be referred to as a first pixel scanning circuit and a second pixel scanning circuit, respectively.
  • the pixel scanning circuit is composed of a plurality of row scanning lines and a plurality of emission lines shown in FIG. 7, wherein the plurality of row scanning lines can be called a row scanning circuit, and the multiple emission lines can be called a light-emitting scanning circuit.
  • multiple scan lines and multiple emission lines may be integrated on the display panel 10, or may be used as an independent module.
  • multiple row scan lines may be referred to as a row scan circuit integrated on an array substrate (Gate scan circuit on array, GOA), and multiple emission lines may be referred to as a light emitting scan circuit integrated On the array substrate (Emit scan circuit on array, EOA).
  • the entire display panel has 128*64 pixels, and the pixels are arranged neatly in a matrix of rows and columns, that is, each row includes 128 pixels, and each example includes 64 pixels.
  • Each row of pixels can be commonly connected to a row scan line and an emission line, and each column of pixels can be commonly connected to a data line.
  • the row scan line can be used to drive all pixels in the row of the scan line, so that the pixel data signal transmitted by the data line can be loaded to the pixels of the scan line;
  • the emission line can be used to turn on the pixels so that they can be
  • the power module 40 continuously emits light under the power supply to perform image display.
  • different display areas are allocated different numbers of pixels. Taking two areas of the first area 101 and the second area 102 as an example, if the first area 101 and the second area 102 are areas of equal or close size, they can each include 64*64 pixels; it can also be based on different size requirements. Allocation, for example, the first area 101 includes 32*64 pixels, and the second area 102 includes 96*64 pixels. Similarly, the partitioned first area 101 and second area 102 also include a plurality of pixels, and the pixel arrangement of each display area and the entire display panel and the connection relationship with the row scan lines and emission lines are consistent. of.
  • the design difference of the pixel scanning circuit in the embodiment of the present application is mainly that the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit are independent of each other, that is, the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit are independent of each other.
  • the circuits are controlled independently of each other; in other words, the row scanning lines in the first pixel scanning circuit and the row scanning lines in the second pixel scanning circuit are electrically separated from each other, and the emission lines in the first pixel scanning circuit are electrically separated from the second pixel scanning circuit.
  • the emission lines are also electrically separated from each other.
  • the display driver 30 is used to receive and process display image data (such as photos, videos, etc.) to be input to the display panel 10, and the display driver 30 has a connection relationship with the pixel scanning circuit and the pixels, and can control the driving of the pixel scanning circuit to display The panel 10 performs image display.
  • the display driver 30 may also be referred to as a display drive integrated circuit (DDIC) or a display drive chip.
  • DDIC display drive integrated circuit
  • the display driver 30 may include a data receiving sub-module 301, a data storage sub-module 302, a data processing sub-module 303, and a scanning control sub-module 304.
  • the data receiving sub-module 301 is used to receive image data, which usually comes from the processor 20.
  • the data receiving sub-module 301 may be a communication interface, specifically MIPI RX (MIPI RX is a data receiving module of the MIPI protocol), which is used to receive and unpack image data.
  • the data storage sub-module 302 is used to store the unpacked image data, and specifically may be a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM).
  • the data processing sub-module 303 is used to process and convert the image data in the data storage sub-module 302 into pixel data signals.
  • the image data is generally a digital signal
  • the data processing sub-module 303 can perform digital-to-analog conversion on the image data to convert the digital signal into an analog signal.
  • the data processing sub-module 303 can also perform voltage amplification on the analog signal, so that the analog signal has sufficient driving capability.
  • the pixel data signal output after processing by the scanning processing sub-module 303 can be input to the corresponding pixel through the data line. Further, some additional rendering and other processing may be performed on the image data to have a better display effect. This part of the function may also be implemented by the processor 20.
  • the display driver 30 may adopt a Gamma circuit to realize the digital-to-analog conversion function, and may realize voltage amplification of the analog signal through an operational amplifier circuit (Operational Amplifier Circuits).
  • the scanning control sub-module 304 is used to drive the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the display panel 10. In the embodiment of the present application, it is mainly used to independently control the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to each display area. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6a and FIG. 6b, the scanning control sub-module 304 can independently control and drive the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit, that is, the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit can be driven separately. In one of them, the first pixel scanning circuit or the second pixel scanning circuit performs the above-mentioned progressive scanning of the pixels.
  • the scan control sub-module 304 can drive the corresponding display area at the same time.
  • the pixel scanning circuit enables the pixel scanning circuit to start scanning the pixels in the display area so as to load the pixel data signal into the pixels. It should be noted that since the display panel 10 has a large number of pixels and corresponding data lines, if a fixed data output channel is allocated to each data line, the size of the display driver 30 will be very large. Therefore, in some embodiments, the scan control sub-module 304 may include a scan control unit 3042 and a data switch control unit 3041.
  • the data switching control unit 3041 may be a multiplexer (DEMUX), which is mainly used to multiplex one data output channel to multiple data lines. For example, when scanning to the first row of pixels, the data switching control unit 3041 may First connect the data output channel to a part of the data line to send the pixel data signal corresponding to this part of the pixel, and then switch the data output channel to connect to another part of the data line to send the pixel data signal corresponding to the other part of the pixel.
  • DEMUX multiplexer
  • the scanning control unit 3042 is mainly used to implement drive control of the pixel scanning circuit.
  • the scanning control unit 3042 may specifically be a scanning control circuit, which can be connected to the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit respectively, so that the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit can be independently controlled, that is, it can be independently controlled. Scan driving and image display of the first area 101 and the second area 102.
  • the scanning control sub-module 304 may include a scanning control unit 3042, and the scanning control unit 3042 It is respectively connected with the row scanning line and the emission line in the first pixel scanning circuit and the second pixel scanning circuit.
  • the scanning control unit 3042 may send display driving signals (display driving signal group 1) to the row scanning lines and emission lines in the first pixel scanning circuit.
  • the display driving signal group 1 specifically includes a start signal and The clock signal is used to make the first pixel scanning circuit start scanning and driving the pixels row by row.
  • the start signal is sent to the row scan line of the first row of the first pixel scan circuit and the emission line is connected, and is used to make the first row start to drive the pixels;
  • the clock signal is used to control the first pixel
  • the scanning circuit has a line-by-line scanning rhythm, and every time a certain line is scanned, a clock signal can be sent to the row scanning line and the emission line of the corresponding row of the first pixel scanning circuit.
  • the row scan line and emission line corresponding to the first row drive all the pixels corresponding to the first row according to the start signal, and in accordance with the rhythm of the clock signal, the second row, third row... Scanning of n rows until all pixels in the first area 101 have been scanned.
  • the scan control unit 3042 can also send (display drive signals) the display drive signal group 2 to the row scan line and the emission line corresponding to the first row in the second pixel scan circuit.
  • the display drive signal group 2 also includes the start signal. And the clock signal, so that the second pixel scanning circuit can also scan and drive all the pixels in the second region 102.
  • the driving capability of the pixel scanning circuit is weak, and it is necessary to load driving signals on both the left and right sides at the same time to drive a whole row of pixels. Therefore, in the embodiment of FIG. 6b, the scanning The control sub-module 304 may include two scan control units, namely, a scan control unit 3042L and a scan control unit 3042R.
  • the scanning control unit 3042L and the scanning control unit 3042R can simultaneously send the display driving signal group to the row scanning line and the emission line corresponding to the first row in the first pixel scanning circuit, specifically, the scanning control The unit 3042L can send the display drive signal group 1L to the row scan line and the emission line of the left half corresponding to the first row in the first pixel scan circuit, and the scan control unit 3042R can send the display drive signal group 1L to the right row corresponding to the first row in the second pixel scan circuit. Half of the row scan lines and emission lines send the display drive signal group 1R. Similar to the embodiment of FIG.
  • the display driving signal group 1L and the display driving signal group 1R also include a start signal and a clock signal, so that the first pixel scanning circuit on the left half of the first area 101 is opposite to the first area 101
  • the left half of the pixels in the first area 101 are scanned and driven row by row, so that the first pixel scanning circuit in the right half of the first area 101 scans and drives the right half of the pixels in the first area 101 row by row. All the pixels of a region 101 are driven in a progressive scan in synchronization.
  • the scanning of the second area 102 is also similar, so it will not be repeated here.
  • the scan control sub-module 304 may also include two data switching control units 3041, which are respectively used to coordinate the scanning of the left and right scan control units 3042L and the scan control unit 3042R to perform data line scanning. Switch.
  • the driving capability of the pixel scanning circuit is better and can drive a whole row of pixels at the same time.
  • the design method shown in FIG. 6b can be followed. That is, the scanning control sub-module 304 may include two scanning control units.
  • the scanning control unit 3042L is used to control the scanning driving of pixels in odd rows
  • the scanning control unit 3042R is used to control scanning driving of pixels in even rows.
  • the scanning control unit 3042L and the scanning control unit 3042R can respectively send display driving signals to the row scanning lines and emission lines corresponding to the first row and the second row in the first pixel scanning circuit, so that the first pixel scanning circuit
  • the pixels of the odd rows and the pixels of the even rows of one area 101 start to scan and drive row by row, and the two parts jointly complete the progressive scan drive of all the pixels in the first area 101.
  • the scanning of the second area 102 is also similar, so it will not be repeated here.
  • the scan control sub-module 304 may also include two data switching control units 3041, which are respectively used to coordinate the scanning of the left and right scan control units 3042L and the scan control unit 3042R to perform data line scanning. Switch.
  • the driving mode of FIG. 6b is essentially the same as that of FIG. 6a. It should be noted that the separate driving of the left and right parts of the pixel driving circuit in FIG. 6b is different from the principle of driving the first area 101 and the second area 102 in the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the driving method of FIG. 6b is to solve the problem of insufficient driving capability or symmetrical layout of the lines. Even if the display panel 10 is not partitioned, the left and right circuits can be driven separately to ensure the driving capability. In fact, the left and right parts of the pixel scanning circuit are still electrically connected. In the partition drive referred to in the embodiment of the present application, the first area 101 and the second area 102 correspond to the first pixel drive circuit and the second pixel drive, respectively. The circuits are electrically separated from each other.
  • the line period the time for the pixel scanning circuit to scan one line
  • the time to complete a complete screen scan is called one frame.
  • the general frame rate is 60 Hz, that is, 60 frames are displayed per second, which is equivalent to scanning all the pixels in the first area 60 times per second, so the human eye cannot observe the progressive display.
  • the embodiment of the application since the display area is not partitioned, the entire screen must be scanned line by line at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the application since the display area is partitioned, and the scan control unit 3042 can also perform independent drive control on different display areas, the embodiment of the application can not only perform partition drive for different display areas, but also Further adopt the time-sharing driving method.
  • the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to each display area may be allocated a corresponding time resource in advance according to the division position of the display area. For example, still taking the first area 101 and the second area 102 as an example, one frame time for scanning one pixel of the display panel can be divided into two periods, a first period and a second period. The first time period can be used for the scanning control unit 3042 to control the working state of the first pixel scanning circuit, and the second time period can be used for the scanning control unit 3042 to control the working state of the second pixel scanning circuit.
  • the scanning control unit 3042 can sequentially cyclically control the first pixel scanning circuit to scan and drive in the first time period in each frame period, and in the second time period
  • the time period controls the second pixel scanning circuit to perform scanning driving, thereby realizing the driving control of the division and division time.
  • the scan control unit 3042 may control the first pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 to scan and drive ( Send a driving signal) to display the image in the first area 101; after the scanning and driving of the first area 101 is completed, enter the second time period, and control the second pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 to scan and drive (send the driving signal ) To display the image in the second area.
  • the scan control unit 3042 can control the first pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 to scan and drive during the first time period.
  • the scanning control unit 3042 may also control the first pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 to continue scanning and driving, so that The image display of an area 101 is refreshed. Although the power consumption is not saved in this way, the display frame rate of the first area 101 is increased, so that the image display effect is better.
  • the settings of the first time period and the second time period may not overlap. Specifically, there may be no gap or slight gap between the first time period and the second time period.
  • the second time period may start immediately after the end of the first time period; it may also be a period of time after the end of the first time period. Start the second time period. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application may not drive the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to multiple display areas of the display panel 10 at the same time, but sequentially drive the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to different display areas at a specified time.
  • the specified time can be the start of the next clock after the pixel scanning of the adjacent display area is completed, or it can be the start of the clock after a specified number of clocks after the pixel scanning of the adjacent display area is completed.
  • the processor 20, the display driver 30, the power module 40, the touch driver 50, and the fingerprint driver 60 in the above-mentioned drive control system are all controlled by a synchronous clock. Therefore, the scanning in the first time period and the second time period are usually The start time is set according to the control rhythm of the synchronization clock, so that multiple drive modules and the processor 20 can cooperate in synchronization.
  • the embodiment of the present application implements time-sharing and partitioned drive control on the pixel scanning circuit in the display panel 10.
  • the time to complete a scan of a complete screen is called one frame, then in the embodiment of the present application, all displays are completed.
  • One scan of the area is also one frame.
  • the specific working period of the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to each display area is related to the number of display areas.
  • the working period of the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to each display area can be half-frame or close to but less than half-frame; similarly, in the case of three display areas, each The working period of the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the display area may be one-third of the frame or close to but less than one-third of the frame.
  • one or more of the data receiving submodule 301, the data storage submodule 302, and the data processing submodule 303 in the display driver 30 of the embodiment of the present application can be designed to be Independent control, time-sharing control module, and add enable control design to the above modules, that is, the above sub-modules can add corresponding enable ports, and the display driver 30 can control the enable of the above sub-modules to control their work opening And stop.
  • MIPI RX, RAM, operational amplifier circuit, DEMUX, and VGM Voltage Gamma model, power supply module for Gamma circuit
  • VGM Voltage Gamma model, power supply module for Gamma circuit
  • the display driver 30 can be controlled in the first time period and the second time period. All sub-modules in -303 are in the enabled state, in order to receive and process the image data that needs to be displayed in the first area 101 and the second area 102, and send the processed pixel data signal to the corresponding pixel for image processing. show.
  • the display driver 30 can control all the sub-modules in 301-303 to be in the enabled state, so as to control the first area 101
  • the image data that needs to be displayed is received and processed, and the processed pixel data signals are sent to the corresponding pixels for image display; in the second time period, the display driver 30 may not send pixel data signals to the pixels of the display panel, So that the second area 102 does not display an image, so as to save the power consumption of sending pixel data signals.
  • the specific situation of not sending the pixel data signal may be that the display driver 30 still controls all the sub-modules in 301-303 to be in an enabled state, or the display driver 30 controls the data processing sub-module 303 It is in a non-enabled state, or the display driver 30 controls all the sub-modules in 301-303 to be in a non-enabled state.
  • the foregoing several situations can all be realized in the second time period when the pixel data signal cannot be sent.
  • the foregoing solutions can all save power consumption, but it is understandable that the more sub-modules in the display driver 30 that are in the disabled state in the second time period, the greater the power consumption saved.
  • first time period and the second time period are cycled in each frame period, so that the display driver 30 can sequentially cyclically control the enabling of each sub-module in the first time period in each frame period, and in the first time period In the second time period, all or part of the sub-modules are disabled, thereby realizing the drive control of the partition time-sharing.
  • the processor 20 is used to receive, generate, and process image data that the display panel 10 needs to display.
  • the processor 20 may be a system-on-chip SOC, and may include an image processor 201, an image processing sub-module 202, and a data transmission sub-module 203.
  • the image processor 201 may be specifically a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit), which is used to perform image and graphics related operations; the image processing sub-module 202 is used to perform optimization processing such as rendering and frame interpolation on the image processed by the GPU.
  • GPU Graphics Processing Unit
  • the data transmission sub-module 203 may specifically be MIPI TX (MIPI TX is a data transmission module of the MIPI protocol), which is used to send and compress the image data processed by the image processor 201 and the image processing sub-module 202 to facilitate the display driver 30 After further processing, it is displayed on the display panel 10.
  • MIPI TX is a data transmission module of the MIPI protocol
  • the processor 20 may also determine the time resources for sending image data of different regions to the display driver 30 according to display requirements.
  • the allocated time resource is used to indicate that the image data can be sent in the time period, but in fact the time resource may or may not be occupied, that is, the image data may not be sent in the time period. For example, still taking the first area 101 and the second area 102 as an example, one frame time for scanning a pixel of a completed display panel can be divided into two periods, a first period and a second period.
  • the first time period can be used to send the image data of the first area 101 to the display driver 30, and the second time period can be used to send the image data of the second area 101 to the display driver 30, but not necessarily in the corresponding Send image data within the time period.
  • the processor 20 may send the image data of the first area 101 in the first time period and send the image data of the second area 102 in the second time period.
  • the processor 20 may send the image data of the first area 101 in the first time period, and stop sending the image data in the second time period.
  • the power consumption required for the processor 20 to send the image data in the second time period is saved.
  • the power module 40 is used to supply power to the display driver 30, the touch driver 50, the fingerprint driver 60 and the pixels in the display panel 10. It can be understood that the display driver 30, the touch driver 50, and the fingerprint driver 60 need to be powered for data processing or receiving.
  • the power module 40 can provide digital power, core power, and analog power to the display driver 30, and the power module 40 can also provide analog power and digital power to the touch driver 50 and the fingerprint driver 60.
  • the power module 40 may be integrated in a power management module, and may also be referred to as a power integrated circuit (Power Integrated Circuit), a power control circuit, a power chip, or a power supply.
  • Power Integrated Circuit Power Integrated Circuit
  • the power supply module 40 is connected to all the pixels in the first area 101 and all the pixels in the second area 102, that is, the power supply module 40 performs independent operations on the pixels in the first area 101 and the pixels in the second area 102. Power supply, the power supply of the first area 101 and the second area 102 does not affect each other. Further, when there are more display areas, the power supply module 40 is connected to the pixels of each display area respectively, so as to realize independent power supply in different areas. Specifically, ELVDD1 (anode voltage) and ELVSS1 (cathode voltage) in FIGS.
  • 6a and 6b are the positive and negative power supply voltages provided by the power supply module 40 for the pixels in the first region 101, respectively, and ELVDD2 and ELVSS2 are the power supply modules 40, respectively. Positive and negative power supply voltages for pixels in the second region 102.
  • the display driver 30 drives the pixels in the first area 101 or the second area 102 of the display panel 10, the driven pixels can emit light for image display through the power supply of the power supply module 40.
  • a corresponding touch sensor is configured on the display panel 10 of the present application, thereby forming a touch screen.
  • the display panel 10 has a corresponding touch scanning circuit, and the touch scanning circuit is used to scan and drive the touch sensors of the display panel 10 in order to detect touch signals.
  • the drive control system may further include a touch driver 50.
  • the touch driver 50 may send a touch driving signal to the touch scanning circuit, so that the touch scanning circuit drives the corresponding touch sensor, so as to detect the touch signal.
  • the touch driver 50 may also be called a touch integrated circuit (Touch Integrated Circuit)/touch chip, touch drive circuit (Touch Drive Integrated Circuit)/touch drive chip, touch control circuit/touch Control control chip/touch controller, etc.
  • the touch sensor, the touch scanning circuit, and the touch driver 50 may be referred to as a touch module.
  • the touch scanning circuit can have two design schemes, one is a mutual-capacitive type and the other is a self-capacitive type.
  • the two design schemes are respectively described below.
  • the touch scan circuit includes vertical touch scan lines (for example, TX1_1 to TX1_N and TX2_1 to TX2_M in FIG. 8a) and horizontal touch signal receiving lines (for example, in RX 1 to RX K in FIG. 8a, the point where each touch scan line crosses the touch signal receiving line can be regarded as a touch sensor.
  • the touch scan line is used to drive a row of touch sensors corresponding to the line.
  • the touch scan line receives a touch drive signal from the touch driver 50, the row of touch sensors will start to detect touch signals , And feedback the detected touch signal to the touch driver 50 through the touch signal receiving line connected with the touch sensor.
  • the touch driver 50 controls each touch scan line separately, and sends a touch drive signal to each touch scan line in turn according to the scan control clock.
  • the touch scanning circuit includes a touch scanning line independently connected to each touch sensor (for example, SX1_1_1 ⁇ SX1_k_o and SX2_1_1 ⁇ SX2_k_q in Figure 8b), touch
  • the control scan line is not only used to drive a touch sensor corresponding to the touch scan line, but also used to feed back the touch signal detected by the touch sensor to the touch driver 50.
  • the touch scan line receives the driving signal of the touch driver 50, a touch sensor connected to the touch scan line starts to detect the touch signal, and detects the touch signal through the same touch scan line. The touch signal is fed back to the touch driver 50.
  • the touch driver 50 controls each touch scan line separately, and sends a touch drive signal to each touch scan line in turn according to the scan control clock.
  • the display panel 10 is divided into multiple display areas, and the corresponding touch scanning circuits and touch sensors provided on the display panel 10 are also divided into multiple areas .
  • the first area 101 and the second area 102 respectively have corresponding touch sensors and touch scanning circuits.
  • the touch scanning circuits corresponding to the first area 101 and the second area 102 in the embodiment of the present application may still be connected or electrically separated. . This mainly depends on the design scheme adopted by the touch scanning circuit and whether the display panel 10 divides the display area horizontally or vertically.
  • the display area is divided horizontally, that is, the display panel 10 has multiple display areas in the horizontal direction (left and right direction);
  • the display area is divided vertically, that is, the display panel 10 has multiple display areas in the vertical direction (up and down direction).
  • each touch scan line is independently controlled, so the first area 101 and the second area 102 respectively correspond to one of the touch scan circuits
  • the space can still remain connected without electrical separation.
  • FIG. 8a shows the touch scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 and the second area 102 respectively.
  • the first area 101 is controlled by the touch scan lines of TX1_1 ⁇ TX1_N. If the touch driver 50 only drives the touch sensor of the first area 101, then it can only touch each of TX1_1 ⁇ TX1_N.
  • the scan lines send drive signals in sequence.
  • each touch scan line of the self-capacitive type described above is independently connected to a touch sensor, the touch drive circuits corresponding to multiple display areas still do not need to be electrically isolated. But for the mutual-capacitive design, because the touch scan line is vertical, if the touch drive circuit is not partitioned, then a whole column of touch sensors corresponding to the touch scan line will be driven together, which cannot be realized. Independent control of partitions. Therefore, if the display panel 10 adopts a vertical division method and the touch drive circuit is of a mutual capacitance type, it is necessary to electrically separate the touch scanning circuits corresponding to the first area 101 and the second area 102 respectively.
  • the first area 101 corresponds to the first touch scanning circuit
  • the second area 102 corresponds to the second touch scanning circuit.
  • the first touch scanning circuit and the second touch scanning circuit are independent of each other, and may specifically be the first touch scanning circuit.
  • the touch scan line of the control scan circuit and the touch scan line of the second touch scan circuit are electrically independent of each other.
  • the touch driver 50 can independently drive and control the touch scanning circuits corresponding to different display areas. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application may further adopt time-sharing for the touch scanning circuits corresponding to different display areas. Drive way.
  • the corresponding time resource may be allocated to the touch scanning circuit corresponding to each display area according to the division position of the display area in advance. For example, still taking the first area 101 and the second area 102 as an example, one frame time for scanning a touch sensor of the display panel can be divided into two periods, a third period and a fourth period.
  • the third time period can be used for the touch driver 50 to control the working state of the first touch scanning circuit
  • the fourth time period can be used for the touch driver 50 to control the working state of the second touch scanning circuit.
  • the third time period and the fourth time period are circulated, so that the touch driver 50 can be cyclically controlled in each frame period to control the first touch scanning circuit to scan and drive in the third time period.
  • the second touch scanning circuit is controlled for scanning and driving in four time periods, thereby realizing the driving control when the partition is added.
  • the touch driver 50 may control the touch scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 to scan and drive (send) during the third time period.
  • Touch drive signal to enable the touch sensor 50 corresponding to the first area 101 to perform touch signal detection; after the touch scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 is scanned and driven, enter the fourth time period, and then control the first area 101
  • the touch scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 performs scanning driving (sending a touch driving signal), so that the touch sensor 50 corresponding to the second area performs touch signal detection.
  • the touch sensor 50 can control the first touch scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 to scan and drive during the third time period. (Send touch drive signal), so that the touch sensor 50 corresponding to the first area 101 performs touch signal detection; after the scanning and driving of the first area 101 is completed, enter the fourth time period, and control the touch sensor 50 corresponding to the second area 102
  • the second touch scanning circuit does not perform scanning driving (not sending a touch driving signal), so that the touch sensor 50 corresponding to the second area 102 does not perform touch signal detection. In this way, the power consumption required by the second touch scanning circuit when scanning the touch sensor in the second area 102 in the fourth time period is saved.
  • the touch driver 50 may also control the first touch scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 to continue scanning. Drive, so that the touch signal detection of the first area 101 is activated again. Although the power consumption is not saved in this way, the touch detection frequency of the first area 101 is increased, and the touch sensing sensitivity is better.
  • the settings of the third time period and the fourth time period may not overlap.
  • the third time period may be consistent with or inconsistent with the first time period
  • the fourth time period may be consistent with or inconsistent with the second scan.
  • the fourth time period can start immediately after the third time period ends; it can also be a while after the third time period ends. Start the fourth time period. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application may not simultaneously drive the touch scan circuits corresponding to multiple display areas of the display panel 10, but sequentially drive the touch scan circuits corresponding to different display areas at a specified time.
  • the specified time here can be the start of the next clock after the touch sensor scanning of the adjacent display area is completed, or it can be the start of the clock after a specified number of clocks after the touch sensor scanning of the adjacent display area is completed ,
  • This application does not specifically limit this.
  • the processor 20, the display driver 30, the power module 40, the touch driver 50, and the fingerprint driver 60 in the above-mentioned drive control system are all controlled by synchronous clocks. Therefore, the scanning in the third and fourth time periods is usually The start time is set according to the control rhythm of the synchronization clock, so that multiple drive modules and the processor 20 can cooperate in synchronization.
  • the display panel 10 of the present application may also be configured with a corresponding fingerprint sensor.
  • the display panel 10 has a corresponding fingerprint scanning circuit, and the fingerprint scanning circuit is used to sequentially scan and drive the fingerprint sensor of the display panel 10 to detect fingerprint signals.
  • the drive control system may further include a fingerprint driver 60.
  • the fingerprint driver 60 can send a fingerprint driving signal to the fingerprint scanning circuit, so that the fingerprint scanning circuit drives the corresponding fingerprint sensor, so as to detect the fingerprint signal.
  • the fingerprint sensor may be distributed on the entire display panel 10, or may be distributed in a part of the display panel 10, so it can be applied to electronic devices with full-screen fingerprint recognition function, and also applicable to regional fingerprints. Electronic equipment with recognition function.
  • the fingerprint sensor is similar to the touch sensor, the function and layout of the fingerprint scanning circuit and the touch scanning circuit are also similar, and the module functions and drive control methods of the fingerprint driver 60 and the touch driver 50 are also similar.
  • the control driver 50 and the touch scanning circuit will not be repeated here.
  • the display panel 10 is divided into multiple display areas, and the corresponding fingerprint scanning circuit and fingerprint sensor provided on the display panel 10 are also divided into multiple areas.
  • the fingerprint driver 60 can The fingerprint scanning circuits corresponding to different display areas are independently controlled. For example, only the fingerprint sensor in the first area 101 may be driven, and then only the fingerprint sensing driving lines corresponding to the first area 101 may be sent in sequence according to the scan control clock.
  • the fingerprint driver 60 can perform independent drive control on the touch drive circuits corresponding to different display areas. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application may further adopt time-sharing drive for the touch drive circuits corresponding to different display areas. The way.
  • the fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to each display area can be allocated a corresponding time resource in advance according to the division position of the display area. For example, still taking the first area 101 and the second area 102 as an example, one frame time for scanning a fingerprint sensor that completes the display panel can be divided into two periods, the fifth time period and the sixth time period.
  • the fifth time period can be used for the fingerprint driver 60 to control the working state of the first fingerprint scanning circuit
  • the sixth time period can be used for the fingerprint driver 60 to control the working state of the second fingerprint scanning circuit.
  • the fifth time period and the sixth time period are circulated, so that the fingerprint driver 60 can control the first fingerprint scanning circuit to scan and drive in the fifth time period in turn in each frame period, and in the sixth time period
  • the segment controls the second fingerprint scanning circuit to scan and drive, so as to realize the drive control when the partition is added.
  • the fingerprint driver 60 can control the fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 to scan and drive (send fingerprint drive) in the fifth time period. Signal), so that the fingerprint sensor 50 corresponding to the first area 101 performs fingerprint signal detection; after the fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 is scanned and driven, enter the sixth time period, and then control the fingerprint corresponding to the second area 102
  • the scanning circuit performs scanning driving (sending a fingerprint driving signal), so that the fingerprint sensor 50 corresponding to the second area performs fingerprint signal detection.
  • the fingerprint sensor 50 can control the first fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 to scan and drive (send) in the fifth time period.
  • Fingerprint drive signal so that the fingerprint sensor 50 corresponding to the first area 101 performs fingerprint signal detection; after the scanning and driving of the first area 101 is completed, the sixth time period is entered to control the second fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102
  • the scan drive is not performed (the fingerprint drive signal is not sent), so that the fingerprint sensor 50 corresponding to the second area 102 does not perform fingerprint signal detection. In this way, the power consumption required by the second fingerprint scanning circuit when scanning the fingerprint sensor in the second area 102 in the sixth time period is saved.
  • the fingerprint driver 60 may also control the first fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 to continue scanning and driving.
  • the fingerprint signal detection in the first area 101 is activated again. Although the power consumption is not saved in this way, the fingerprint detection frequency of the first area 101 is increased, and the fingerprint sensing sensitivity is better.
  • the settings of the fifth time period and the sixth time period may not overlap.
  • the fifth time period may be consistent with or inconsistent with the first time period
  • the sixth time period may be consistent with or inconsistent with the second scan.
  • the sixth time period can be started immediately after the fifth time period ends; or the fifth time period can be restarted some time after the fifth time period ends. Start the sixth time period. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application may not simultaneously drive the fingerprint scanning circuits corresponding to multiple display areas of the display panel 10, but sequentially drive the fingerprint scanning circuits corresponding to different display areas at a specified time.
  • the specified time can be the start of the next clock after the fingerprint sensor of the adjacent display area is scanned, or it can be the start of the clock after a specified number of clocks after the fingerprint sensor of the adjacent display area is scanned.
  • the application does not make specific restrictions on this.
  • the processor 20, the display driver 30, the power module 40, the fingerprint driver 60 and the fingerprint driver 60 in the above-mentioned drive control system are all controlled by a synchronous clock. Therefore, the scanning in the fifth time period and the sixth time period usually starts The time is set according to the control rhythm of the synchronized clock, so that multiple drive modules and the processor 20 can cooperate in synchronization.
  • the processor 20, the display driver 30, the power module 40, the touch driver 50, and the fingerprint driver 60 all have the ability to implement corresponding functions for the first area 101 and the second area 102.
  • (Display, power supply, touch control, fingerprint recognition) time-sharing partition drive control At least one or more combinations of the above-mentioned multiple functional devices can implement time-sharing and partitioned drive control. That is, it may be that only the display driver 30 implements the time-sharing partitioned display drive control, or only the power module 40 implements the time-sharing partitioned power supply drive control, or only the touch driver 50 implements the time-sharing partitioned touch drive control.
  • the fingerprint driver 60 can also be the fingerprint driver 60 to implement time-sharing and partitioned fingerprint recognition drive control; it can also be a combination of the above-mentioned drive controls, for example, display drive control, power supply drive control, touch drive control and fingerprint recognition drive control can all use time-sharing Partition control method.
  • the driving control method can be applied to the electronic device shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIGS. 9 and 10 show a driving control method when the display panel 10 has two display areas (a first area 101 and a second area 102).
  • FIG. 9 shows the driving control method when the image is required to be displayed in the first area 101 and the second area 102 is the driving control method when the image does not need to be displayed;
  • FIG. 10 shows that the first area 101 and the second area 102 are both displayed The drive control method in the state. Comparing FIG. 9 and FIG.
  • the core idea of the drive control method of the embodiment of the present application is: when the time resources (first time period) of the display area of the displayed image are required, the display driver 30, the power module 40, and the touch
  • the sub-modules of the control driver 50 and fingerprint driver 60 and the processor 20 (SOC) are in working or open state to ensure the processing and transmission of image data in the display area, and ensure the driving and power supply of pixels, so as to ensure the display of pixels in the display area.
  • Image ensure the driving of the touch sensor 50, thereby ensuring the detection of touch signals
  • At least one of the display driver 30, the power module 40, the touch driver 50, the fingerprint driver 60 or/and the processor 20 (SOC) is required Part of the sub-modules stop working or sleep, that is, stop processing and transmission of image data in the display area, stop driving and power supply of pixels, stop driving the touch sensor 50, and stop driving the fingerprint sensor 60.
  • SOC processor 20
  • each driving module and scanning circuit need to generate a large amount of power consumption as when the image needs to be displayed.
  • the embodiment of the present application is based on an improved drive control system and adopts a time-sharing and partitioned drive control method, which greatly saves the power consumption of various aspects of the electronic device in the display area that does not need to display an image.
  • three display areas are taken as examples to further describe the drive control method of each module involved in the drive control system in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the three display areas can also be regarded as including a first area and two second areas, or can be regarded as including two first areas and a second area, and the drive control of the two display areas is akin.
  • the display requirements of each display area may be determined by the processor 20.
  • the processor 20 can receive various operations and instructions of the user on the electronic device. When some operations or instructions are triggered, the processor 20 can determine which display areas need to display images and which display areas do not need to display images. . For example, when the processor 20 receives a one-handed operation instruction triggered by the user, the processor 20 will automatically correspond to whether each display area of the display panel 10 of the electronic device needs to display an image or does not need to display an image in the one-handed operation state. For example, the first area 101 needs to display an image, but the second area 102 does not need to display an image.
  • the processor 20 may also receive parameter information transmitted by various sensors, and some parameter information may indicate which display areas need to display images and which display areas do not need to display images.
  • the proximity light sensor can detect the approach of an object by detecting reflected light. When the proximity light sensor detects sufficient reflected light, it can send status information to the processor 20, and the processor 20 can determine the electronic The casings of the device are very close, that is, the electronic device is turning into a folded state or is already in a folded state. At this time, the processor 20 will automatically correspond to each display area of the display panel 10 of the electronic device in the folded state, the first area 101 needs to display an image, and the second area 102 does not need to display an image.
  • the processor 20 may send first status indication information to the target drive module.
  • the first status indication information is used to indicate the display requirements of each display area, that is, which display areas need to display images , Which display areas do not need to display images.
  • the target driving module may include at least one of the display driver 30, the power module 40, the touch driver 50, and the fingerprint driver 60, so that the above-mentioned modules can adopt different driving control methods for different display areas.
  • which module the processor 20 sends the first status indication information to is related to which modules adopt the partitioned time-sharing drive control mode. If some modules do not use the partitioned time-sharing drive control mode, then what display state the display area is in It does not affect its driving control mode, and the processor 20 does not need to send the first status indication information to these modules.
  • the instruction information directly sent by the third-party entity may not be parsed by the processor 20, or may be directly sent by the third-party entity.
  • the proximity light sensor can directly send status information to at least one of the display driver 30, the power module 40, the touch driver 50, and the fingerprint driver 60. After receiving the status information, the above-mentioned module can directly determine the current drive control that needs to be adopted. Way.
  • the display requirements of the three display areas can have the following situations:
  • At least one display area does not need to display an image, and other display areas need to display an image, that is, part of the display area needs to display an image and part of the display area does not need to display an image.
  • the third situation actually includes a variety of situations, but the actual processing methods are the same. Therefore, in the following embodiments of the present application, the first area 101 and the third area 103 are different from each other.
  • the need to display an image and the second area 102 need to display an image are taken as an example for detailed description, and other situations can refer to this example.
  • the pixel scanning circuits corresponding to the first area 101, the second area 102, and the third area 103 are a first pixel scanning circuit, a second pixel scanning circuit, and a third pixel scanning circuit;
  • the touch scanning circuits corresponding to the three areas 103 are the first touch scanning circuit, the second touch scanning circuit, and the third touch scanning circuit; the fingerprint scanning corresponding to the first area 101, the second area 102, and the third area 103
  • the circuits are respectively a first fingerprint scanning circuit, a second fingerprint scanning circuit and a third fingerprint scanning circuit.
  • the preset pixel scanning circuit needs to scan the pixels in the first area 101, the second area 102, and the third area 103.
  • the time resources are the first time period, the second time period, and the third time period, respectively.
  • the three time resources are not Coincident, and the three cycles continuously cycle (usually scan from right to left, that is, after the third time period is the second time period, after the second time period is the first time period, and after the first time period is again The third time period, in turn);
  • the preset touch scanning circuit needs to scan the time resources of the touch sensors in the first area 101, the second area 102, and the third area 103 as the fourth time period and the fifth time, respectively
  • the three time resources do not overlap with the sixth time period, and the three time resources cyclically and continuously (that is, the fifth time period is after the sixth time period, the fourth time period is after the fifth time period, and the fourth time After this period is the sixth time period, in turn);
  • the preset fingerprint scanning circuit needs to scan the fingerprint sensors in the first area
  • the time resources are the seventh time period and the first time period respectively.
  • the eighth time period and the ninth time period the three time resources do not overlap, and the three time resources circulate continuously (that is, the eighth time period is after the ninth time period, and the seventh time period is after the eighth time period. After the seventh time period is the ninth time period, which loops in turn).
  • the processor 20 may process the image data corresponding to the first area 101, the second area 102, and the third area 103, specifically, It is the processing procedure of the image processor 201 and the image processing sub-module 202 mentioned above. And the processor 20 will send the image data corresponding to the display area to the display driver 30 according to each preset time resource. For example, when it is currently in the first time period, the processor 20 sends the image data of the first area 101 to the display driver 30.
  • the processor 20 determines that there is no need to display images in the first area 101 and the third area 103, and the second area 102 needs to display an image, the processor 20 will stop processing the image data in the first area 101 and the third area 103. For generation and processing, only the image data of the second region 102 is processed.
  • stop the work of the data transmission sub-module 203 that is, stop sending the image data of the third area 103 to the display driver 30; when it is detected that it is in the second time period, start the data transmission sub-module 203 Start sending the image data of the second area 102 to the display driver 30; when it is detected that it is in the first time period, stop the work of the data transmission sub-module 203, that is, stop sending the image data of the first area 101 to the display driver 30 data.
  • Figure 11 shows the signal control timing diagram of the data transmission sub-module 203 of the processor 20 and the data receiving sub-module 301 of the display driver 30 in one frame.
  • the data transmission sub-module 203 is MIPI TX
  • the LP (LowPower) working mode is adopted respectively, that is, only the initialization signal is given, and no data is transmitted; in the second time period, the HS (HighSpeed) working mode is adopted, that is, the data is transmitted at a high speed.
  • the processor 20 does not process the image data in the display area where the image does not need to be displayed, and does not perform data transmission when the time resources of the display area in which the image does not need to be displayed are not required; For processing, data transmission is only performed when the time resources of the display area of the displayed image are needed. In this way, the power consumption of the processor 20 in the processing and transmission of image data in the display area where the image does not need to be displayed can be completely saved.
  • Display panel 10 display driver 30 and power supply module 40
  • the display driver 30 mainly drives and controls the pixel scanning circuit
  • the pixel scanning circuit drives and controls the pixels in the display panel 10
  • the power module 40 supplies power to the pixels in the display panel 10.
  • the modules are closely related at first, and they are all driving control of the display, so they are explained together.
  • the display driver 30 determines that the first area 101 and the third area 103 do not need to display an image, and the second area 102 needs to display an image, when it is detected that it is in the third time period .
  • the display driver 30 stops the operation of at least one of the data receiving submodule 301, the data storage submodule 302, the data processing submodule 303, and the data switching control unit 3041, that is, stops the enabling of the at least one submodule;
  • start the work of the data receiving sub-module 301, the data storage sub-module 302, the data processing sub-module 303, and the data switching control unit 3041 that is, to enable the above-mentioned sub-modules;
  • stop the operation of at least one of the data receiving submodule 301, the data storage submodule 302, the data processing submodule 303, and the data switching control unit 3041 that is, stop the enabling of the above at least one
  • Figure 12 shows a timing diagram of the enable signal control of each sub-module or unit in the display driver 30 in one frame.
  • the data processing sub-module 303 is a Gamma circuit
  • the power supply module corresponding to the Gamma circuit can be enabled.
  • VGM realizes the enable control of Gamma circuit.
  • the display driver 30 only sends data to the data receiving sub-module 301 (MIPI RX), the data storage sub-module 302 (RAM), the data processing sub-module 303 (Gamma circuit), and the data switching control unit 3041 during the second time period.
  • the corresponding enable port sends an enable signal, and the enable is stopped in the first time period and the third time period.
  • MIPI RX since MIPI RX in the display driver is only enabled near the second time period, MIPI TX for SOC is similar. MIPI RX uses LP (Low Power ) Working mode, that is, only the initialization signal is given, and no data is transmitted; the HS (HighSpeed) working mode is adopted in the second time period, that is, the data is received at high speed.
  • LP Low Power
  • HS HighSpeed
  • the scanning control unit 3042 in the display driver 30 is used to drive the pixel scanning circuit to scan the pixels, because at least one of the above-mentioned sub-modules and units of the display driver 30 is in the first time period and the third time period.
  • the scanning control unit 3042 will not drive the first pixel scanning circuit and the third pixel scanning circuit, so the first pixel scanning circuit
  • the third pixel scanning circuit also does not drive the corresponding pixels, and the pixels in the first area 101 and the third area 103 do not display images.
  • FIG. 13a it is a driving timing signal diagram of a pixel scanning circuit in a frame based on the driving control system of FIG. 6b. Specifically, after the display driver 30 determines that the first area 101 and the third area 103 do not need to display images, and the second area 102 needs to display images, the scan control unit 3042 does not work in the first time period and the third time period.
  • the emission lines (EOA-1 Right, EOA-1 Left) and row scan lines (GOA-1 Right, GOA) of the left and right parts of the first pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 will not be sent -1 Left)
  • Send the display drive signal group (start signal and clock signal) it will not send the emission line (EOA-3 Right, EOA-3) of the third pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the third area 103 in the third time period.
  • Left) and row scan lines (GOA-3 Right, GOA-3 Left) send the display drive signal group (start signal and clock signal). Therefore, the first pixel scanning circuit and the third pixel scanning circuit will not drive the corresponding pixels.
  • the scan control unit 3042 When the scan control unit 3042 is in the second time period, it sends the emission lines (EOA-2 Right, EOA-2 Left) and the row scan line (GOA -2 Right, GOA-2 Left) Send the display drive signal group (start signal and clock signal).
  • FIG 13a shows the timing signal diagram of the three groups of transmission lines and row scan lines (GOA STV1, EOA STV1) (GOA STV2, EOA STV2) (GOA STV3, EOA STV3) (the signals of the left and right parts are the same, so It can be seen that in the second time period corresponding to the second area 102, the start signal from the scanning control unit 3042 appears in EOA STV2 and GOA STV2 (the start signal levels of EOA STV2 and GOA STV2 are opposite) , So that the second pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 starts to scan and drive the pixels in the area row by row according to the clock signal.
  • the scanning control unit 3042 does not work and the pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the display area does not work when the time resources corresponding to the display area where the image is not displayed are not required. Therefore, compared with the prior art, the embodiment of the present application can save scanning The power consumption required for the control unit 3042 and the pixel scanning circuit to work during this period of time.
  • the power module 40 can independently supply power to pixels in different display areas. Therefore, when the power module 40 determines that the first area 101 and the third area 103 are in the second area 102 that does not need to display images, After being in the display state, it is possible to only supply power to the pixels in the second area 102, and there is no need to supply power to the pixels in the first area 101 and the third area 103.
  • the power supply enable of the second area 102 can be turned on, and the power supply module 40 uses ELVDD2 and ELVSS2 of the output voltage to the pixels of the second area 102 are enabled, and the two cross voltages to make the light-emitting device normally emit light, thereby supplying power to the pixels of the second area 102, so that the second area 102 can always display images; correspondingly ,
  • the supply voltage output ELVDD2 and ELVSS2 of the first area 101 and the third area 103 are not enabled, so that the voltage difference between the two voltages cannot reach the voltage difference of the normal light emission of the light-emitting device, so that the voltage difference between the first area 101 and the third area 103
  • the pixels are powered, so that the first area 101 and the third area 103 do not display images.
  • the power module 40 independently supplies power to the pixels in different display areas, so the pixels in the display area that do not need to display images can be stopped, and only supply power to the display area in the display state, thereby saving the display of images that do not need to be displayed.
  • the power consumption required to supply power to the pixels in the area is not limited.
  • the above implementation is to save power consumption.
  • Another implementation that will be described below is to increase the display scanning frequency of the second area 102, that is, the frame rate, while maintaining the same power consumption.
  • the display quality of the second area 102 is improved to provide a better user experience for scenes such as games.
  • the difference from the previous implementation is that in another implementation of the embodiment of the present application, when the display driver 30 determines that the first area 101 and the third area 103 do not need to display an image, and the second area 102 needs to display an image, , The sub-modules or units of the display driver 30 can still be in the enabled state. However, in the first time period, the second time period, and the third time period, the display driving signal group is sent to the second pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 to drive three of the second pixel scanning circuit in a frame. This time resource scans and drives the pixels of the second region 102 three times.
  • FIG. 13b it is a driving timing signal diagram of another pixel scanning circuit in one frame based on the driving control system of FIG. 6b.
  • the scan control unit 3042 performs the first time period, the second time period, and the third time period.
  • the emission lines (EOA-2 Right, EOA-2 Left) and the row scan lines (GOA-2 Right, GOA-2 Left) of the left and right parts of the second pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 will be sent.
  • Send the display drive signal group start signal and clock signal).
  • FIG. 13b shows the timing signal diagram of the three groups of transmission lines and row scanning lines (GOA STV1, EOA STV1) (GOA STV2, EOA STV2) (GOA STV3, EOA STV3) (the signals of the left and right parts are the same, so (Represented together in the figure), it can be seen that EOA STV2 and GOA STV2 have the start signal from the scanning control unit 3042 (EOA STV2 and GOA STV2 in the first time period, the second time period, and the third time period). The starting signal level is opposite), so that the second pixel scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 starts to scan and drive the pixels in the area row by row according to the clock signal at all three time resources.
  • the display scanning frame screen will be 3 times the previous, that is, 180 Hz, which greatly improves the refresh rate of the displayed image and the screen display effect.
  • the power supply module 40 can still provide power supply by partition, which is consistent with the power supply manner in the previous implementation manner, and therefore will not be repeated.
  • the touch driver 50 determines that the first area 101 and the third area 103 do not need to display images, and the second area 102 needs to display images, it is in the fourth time period and the second time period.
  • the touch driver 50 will not drive the first touch scanning circuit and the third touch scanning circuit, so the first touch scanning circuit and the third touch scanning circuit will not drive the corresponding touch.
  • the touch sensors in the first area 101 and the third area 103 will not detect touch signals.
  • the touch driver 50 will drive the second touch scanning circuit, so the second touch scanning circuit will drive the corresponding touch sensor, and the touch sensor in the second area 102 will touch Control signal for detection.
  • FIG. 14a it is a driving timing signal diagram of a mutual-capacitive touch scanning circuit in one frame. Specifically, after the touch driver 50 determines that the first area 101 and the third area 103 do not need to display images, and the second area 102 needs to display images, the touch driver 50 does not need to display images in the fourth time period and the sixth time period. Work, that is, it will not send touch drive signals to the touch scan lines (TX1_1 to TX1_N) of the first touch scanning circuit corresponding to the first area 101 in the fourth time period; nor will it send touch drive signals to the first touch scan line in the sixth time period.
  • the touch scan lines (TX3_1 to TX1_L) of the third touch scan circuit corresponding to the three regions 103 send touch drive signals. Therefore, the first touch scanning circuit and the third touch scanning circuit will not drive the corresponding touch sensors.
  • the touch driver 50 sends touch driving signals to the touch scan lines (TX2_1 to TX2_M) of the second touch scan circuit corresponding to the second area 102.
  • 14a shows the timing signal diagrams of TX1_1 ⁇ TX1_N, TX2_1 ⁇ TX2_M, and TX3_1 ⁇ TX1_L.
  • TX2_1 ⁇ TX2_M received signals from the touch driver 50
  • the second touch scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 starts to scan and drive the touch sensors in the area sequentially according to the drive signal.
  • FIG. 15a it is a driving timing signal diagram of a self-capacitive touch scanning circuit in one frame.
  • the touch driver 50 does not work in the fourth time period and the sixth time period.
  • the touch scan lines (SX2_1_1 to SX2_k_q) send touch drive signals, so that the second touch scan circuit corresponding to the second area 102 starts to scan and drive the touch sensors in the area sequentially according to the drive signals.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not need to display the image in the display area.
  • the touch driver 50 does not work, and the touch scanning circuit corresponding to the display area does not work. Therefore, the power consumption for the touch driver 50 and the touch scanning circuit to work during this period of time can be saved.
  • the above implementation is to save power consumption.
  • Another implementation that will be described below is to increase the touch scanning frequency of the second area 102 and increase the second area 102 while maintaining the same power consumption.
  • the touch report rate is higher, thereby improving the touch sensitivity of the second area 102, and providing a better user experience for scenes such as games.
  • the difference from the previous implementation is that in another implementation of the embodiment of the present application, when the touch driver 50 determines that the first area 101 and the third area 103 do not need to display images, the second area 102 needs to display images After that, in the fourth time period, the fifth time period, and the sixth time period, a touch driving signal is sent to the second touch scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 to drive the second touch scanning circuit for one frame
  • the three time resources in the second area 102 scan and drive the touch sensor three times.
  • FIG. 14b it is a driving timing signal diagram of another mutual-capacitive touch scanning circuit in one frame. Specifically, after the touch driver 50 determines that the first area 101 and the third area 103 do not need to display an image, and the second area 102 needs to display an image, the touch driver 50 performs the fourth time period, the fifth time period, and the second time period. In the six time periods, touch drive signals are sent to the touch scan lines (TX2_1 to TX2_M) of the second touch scan circuit corresponding to the second area 102. Referring to the timing signal diagram of TX2_1 to TX2_M shown in FIG.
  • TX2_1 to TX2_M all received touch drive signals from the touch driver 50 in the fourth time period, the fifth time period, and the sixth time period.
  • the second touch scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 starts to scan and drive the touch sensors in the area sequentially according to the driving signals at all three time resources.
  • FIG. 15b it is a driving timing signal diagram of another self-capacitive touch scanning circuit in one frame. Similar to the mutual capacitance solution, the touch driver 50 will send the touch scan line (SX2_1_1) of the second touch scan circuit corresponding to the second area 102 during the fourth, fifth, and sixth time periods ⁇ SX2_k_q) Send the touch drive signal.
  • SX2_1_1 to SX2_k_q shown in FIG. 15b, it can be seen that SX2_1_1 to SX2_k_q all received the touch driving signal from the touch driver 50 in the fourth time period, the fifth time period, and the sixth time period.
  • the second touch scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 starts to scan and drive the touch sensors in the area sequentially according to the driving signals at all three time resources.
  • the touch scan frame screen will be 3 times the previous one, that is, 180 Hz, which greatly improves the touch sensitivity sensitivity.
  • the fingerprint driver 60 when the fingerprint driver 60 determines that the first area 101 and the third area 103 do not need to display an image, and the second area 102 needs to display an image, it is in the seventh time period and the ninth time period.
  • the fingerprint driver 60 will not drive the first fingerprint scanning circuit and the third fingerprint scanning circuit. Therefore, the first fingerprint scanning circuit and the third fingerprint scanning circuit will not drive the corresponding fingerprint sensors, the first area 101 and the third fingerprint scanning circuit.
  • the fingerprint sensor in the third area 103 will also not detect fingerprint signals.
  • the fingerprint driver 60 will drive the second fingerprint scanning circuit, so the second fingerprint scanning circuit will drive the corresponding fingerprint sensor, and the fingerprint sensor in the second area 102 will detect the fingerprint signal.
  • the driving control method of the fingerprint driver 60 is similar to that of the touch driver 50.
  • the driving timing signal diagram of the fingerprint scanning circuit in one frame is also similar to the driving timing signal diagram of the touch scanning circuit in one frame. Therefore, you can refer to the above. I won't repeat it here.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not need to display the image in the display area.
  • the fingerprint driving signal is sent to the second fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to the second area 102 to drive three of the second fingerprint scanning circuits in a frame
  • the time resource scans and drives the fingerprint sensor in the second area 102 three times.
  • the fingerprint scan frame screen will reach 3 times the previous, that is, 180Hz, which greatly improves the sensitivity of fingerprint sensing.
  • each module in the foregoing embodiment stops working when the time resource corresponding to the display area where the image is not required to be displayed, and starts working again in the time resource corresponding to the display area in the display state.
  • each module in the drive control system of the above embodiment can be started to work in advance, or postponed to stop each module in the drive control system of the above embodiment.
  • the work of each module can be stopped after a period of time from the time resource corresponding to the display area that needs to display the image into the time resource corresponding to the display area that does not need to display the image; Before the time resource corresponding to the area enters the time resource corresponding to the display area where the image needs to be displayed for a period of time, the work of each module is resumed.
  • the pause time of each module has become shorter, the driving of various circuits is still started according to the specified scanning time point.
  • the above-mentioned display panel 10, processor 20, display driver 30, power supply module 40, touch driver 50, and fingerprint driver 60 respectively perform functions of one or more parts of display, touch control, power supply, and fingerprint recognition. Consumption has been saved. It is understandable that according to the functional design and hardware structure design of different electronic devices, in specific implementation, the above-mentioned drive control method can be adopted for part of the sub-modules or part of the time period of a certain module to save the corresponding part of the power consumption; All modules adopt the driving control method in the above-mentioned embodiment, so that power consumption can be saved to the greatest extent.
  • the first area 101, the second area 102, and the third area 103 all need to display images, and the driving control method of each module will be described below.
  • the display panel 10 the processor 20, the display driver 30, the power module 40, the touch driver 50, and the fingerprint
  • the time resources corresponding to the three regions of the driver 60 are all working normally, and the circuits controlled by them are also scanning and driving or supplying power normally.
  • the power supply module 40 keeps the power supply to the first area 101, the second area 102, and the third area 103 always in an enabled state, that is, each area maintains power supply.
  • the internal sub-modules of the touch driver 50 (DDIC): the data receiving sub-module 301, the data storage sub-module 302, the data processing sub-module 303 and the scanning control sub-module 304 (DEMUX, scanning control unit 3042) have been in the enabled state.
  • Process image data With further reference to FIG. 17 and comparison with FIG. 13a, it can be seen that in the first case, the scanning control unit 3042 will send a signal to the pixel scanning circuit (EOA/GOA) corresponding to the area when the time resource corresponding to each area arrives. Start signal.
  • the data transmission sub-module 203 of the processor 20 (SOC) will also continue to maintain the data transmission of image data at all time resources.
  • each module ensures that the first area 101, the second area 102, and the third area 103 are all in the display state and the normal image display. Further, the touch driver 50 and the fingerprint driver 60 will also send driving signals to the touch scanning circuit and fingerprint scanning circuit corresponding to the area when the time resource corresponding to each area arrives, so as to activate the touch signal and the fingerprint scanning circuit of the corresponding area. Fingerprint signal detection.
  • the drive control method of the time resource corresponding to each display area can refer to the drive control methods of the above-mentioned several modules when the second area 102 needs to display an image in the third case.
  • the principles are completely the same, so no longer Go into details.
  • the following describes the driving control method of each module in the second case in which no image is required to be displayed in the first area 101, the second area 102, and the third area 103.
  • the display panel 10, the processor 20, the display driver 30, the power module 40, the touch driver 50, and the fingerprint driver 60 can all be stopped in the time resources corresponding to the three areas.
  • their respective control circuits can also stop scanning drive or power supply.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. During execution, it may include the processes of the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • the storage medium can be a magnetic disk, an optical disc, a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), or a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc.

Abstract

具有不同显示区域(101,102)的显示面板(10)的驱动控制方法及相关设备,驱动控制方法通过对不同显示区域(101,102)对应的像素扫描电路进行分时驱动控制,使得在部分显示区域不需要显示图像的情景中,可以有部分时间让像素扫描电路不工作,从而节省了该时间段内像素扫描电路扫描像素所需的功耗;此外,还对不同显示区域对应的触控扫描电路、指纹扫描电路进行分时驱动控制,还对不同显示区域(101,102)的像素采用了独立供电,还对显示驱动器(30)的部分功能进行分时使能,将与显示面板(10)相关的各项工作的功耗,都进行分区分时的驱动控制,优化了在部分显示区域(101,102)不需要显示图像的情景中的各项工作所需的功耗。

Description

驱动控制方法及相关设备
本申请要求于2020年06月18日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010561818.6发明名称为“驱动控制方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及驱动控制领域,尤其涉及一种驱动控制方法及相关设备。
背景技术
随着电子设备的不断发展,越来越多具有显示面板的电子设备被广泛应用于人们的日常生活和工作中,常见的有具有显示面板的手机、可穿戴设备、医疗设备、家用电器等。随着屏幕技术的发展和用户需求的提升,电子设备的显示面板的大小也变得越来越大,类型也变得越来越多,例如可弯曲的、可卷曲的、可折叠的显示面板等,以给用户提供更丰富的信息,带给用户更好的使用体验。
适配于上述越来越大和不同类型的显示面板的特点,同时结合用户需求,目前有一些电子设备开始将显示面板对应的显示区域进行分区。例如不同的显示区域可以显示不同的图像内容;又例如部分显示区域可以显示图像而部分显示区域则可以不显示图像,极大的丰富了电子设备的使用效果。
虽然显示内容开始逐渐趋于分区显示,但是对于分区显示的图像数据的处理和与显示面板相关的各种驱动、供电、数据传输等工作仍然是采用与一个完整区域的图像显示一致的方式,即整个显示面板的图像数据会一起处理和传输,相应的,保证显示、触控等显示面板相关功能的控制模块也要一起工作。因此,在上述部分显示区域显示图像而部分显示区域不显示图像的使用场景中,现有的处理方式一般是给不显示图像的那一部分显示区域输出黑色图像,造成一种不显示图像的视觉体验。但是可以理解其实质上仍然是全屏显示图像,只是部分图像换成了黑色造成一种“不显示图像”的假象,对于显示图像数据的处理以及各个功能控制模块的控制而言,与完整区域的图像显示没有区别。在这种情况下,看上去不显示图像的区域实际上仍然是在显示图像(黑色图像)的,意味着仍然需要进行针对该区域的图像处理、显示驱动、供电、数据传输等,同时也仍然进行着触控、指纹等显示面板可搭载的相关功能的驱动控制。因此,在这种情况下,虽然一部分显示区域已经没有或者无法被实际使用,但是却仍然具有很大的功耗,减少了电子设备的续航时间。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供了具有不同显示区域的显示面板的驱动控制方法及相关设备,通过对不同显示区域对应的像素扫描电路进行分时驱动控制,使得在部分显示区域不需要显示图像的情景中,可以有部分时间让像素扫描电路不工作,从而节省了该时间段内像 素扫描电路扫描像素所需的功耗。此外,本申请实施例提供的方法还对不同显示区域对应的触控扫描电路、指纹扫描电路进行了分时驱动控制,还对不同显示区域的像素采用了独立供电,还对显示驱动器的部分功能进行了分时使能,进一步节约了在部分显示区域不需要显示图像的情景中的各项工作所需的功耗。
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种显示模组,包括显示面板和显示驱动器;所述显示面板,包括第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路,所述第一像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号。其中,第一像素扫描电路与第二像素扫描电路可以被独立控制,两个电路之间彼此电分离。例如,第一像素扫描电路工作时,第二像素扫描电路可以不工作,两者不会互相影响。所述显示驱动器,用于在不同时间段产生不同的显示驱动信号,其中第一显示驱动信号可以触发第一像素扫描电路工作,第二显示驱动信号可以触发第二像素扫描电路工作。在不同时间段时产生不同的显示驱动信号可以控制第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路在不同的时间段内处于工作状态,也即可以控制第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路的工作时间段。
在上述方案中,显示面板包括两个不同的显示区域,并且两个显示区域中的像素分别由互相独立的两个像素扫描电路进行扫描驱动,由于两个像素扫描电路彼此独立可控制,因此显示驱动器可以在不同时间段独立的控制两个像素扫描电路工作或不工作。基于此,在显示面板的第一区域需要显示图像,而第二区域不需要显示图像的实施场景中,显示驱动器可以在某个时间段控制第二区域对应的第二像素扫描电路不工作,从而使得在该时间段中第二像素扫描电路无需对第二区域的像素进行扫描驱动,进而相对现有技术原本全时段全区域的扫描驱动全屏像素的方案,可以节约一段时间中第二像素扫描电路工作所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,具体用于输出第一显示驱动信号和第二显示驱动信号,所述第一显示驱动信号控制所述第一像素扫描电路在第一时间段处于工作状态以驱动所述第一区域的像素,所述第二显示驱动信号控制所述第二像素扫描电路在第二时间段处于工作状态以驱动所述第一区域的像素,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。其中,循环周期可以为一帧,即每帧都会轮询第一时间段和第二时间段。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路工作,在第二时间段控制第二像素扫描电路工作,使得不同显示区域均需要显示图像时,采用分时分区驱动的方式进行显示控制。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第二时间段不输出所述第二显示驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。其中,特定的时间周期指部分显示区域需要息屏或者指示息屏的时间段,具体可以是电子设备处于第一区域需要显示图像而第二区域不需要显示图像的状态的一段时间,当显示驱动器获知电子设备由全屏显示变为第二区域不需要显示图像的显示需求时,就可以进入该特定的时间周期,当显示驱动器获知电子设备由第二区域不需要显示图像的情况变为需要显示图像时,则可以结束该特定的时间周期。进一步的,显示驱动器获知上述不同区域的显示需求的方式,可以是通过接收处理器发送的指示信息 获得的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于在获得所述第二区域息屏的需求指示信息后,在第二时间段不输出所述第二显示驱动信号;在获得所述第二区域显示的需求指示信息后在第二时间段输出所述第二显示驱动信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于响应第二区域息屏的指令,在所述第二区域息屏时间的内第二时间段停止输出所述第二显示驱动信号。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路工作,在第二时间段控制第二像素扫描电路不工作(即不输出第二显示驱动信号),使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,可节约第二时间段中第二像素扫描电路扫描驱动第二区域的像素所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段均输出所述第一显示驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路工作,在第二时间段仍然控制第一像素扫描电路工作,使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,将原本用于扫描第二区域的像素所需的功耗,用于多次刷新扫描第一区域的像素,即原本一帧中扫描一次第一区域的像素,在该方案中可以扫描两次第一区域的像素,从而增加对第一区域的显示扫描频率,提升第一区域的显示画质,为游戏等场景提供更好的使用体验。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于向所述显示面板提供像素数据信号,在第一时间段和第二时间段均发送所述像素数据信号,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环,所述像素数据信号用于指示所述显示面板内的像素显示的内容。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段向所述显示面板发送像素数据信号,在第二时间段不发送像素数据信号,所述像素数据信号用于指示所述显示面板内的像素显示的内容,像素数据信号配合像素扫描电路的扫描,才能最终将显示的内容呈现出来。所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素数据信号的发送分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不发送像素数据信号,从而可以节省第二时间段中发送像素数据信号的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第一时间段生成像素数据信号,在所述第二时间段不生成像素数据信号,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素数据信号的生成分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不生成像素数据信号,从而可以节省第二时间段中处理和生成像素数据信号的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,用于接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,在第一时间段接收所述第一区域的图像数据,在第二时间段接收所述第二 区域的图像数据,所述图像数据用于生成指示所述显示面板内的所述像素显示的内容的像素数据信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,用于在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,在所述第二时间段不接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的图像数据的接收分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不接收处理器发送的图像数据,从而可以节省第二时间段中接收图像数据的功耗。
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种处理器,所述处理器,用于获得显示器不同区域的显示需求,根据所述显示需求确定向显示驱动器发送不同区域图像数据的时间资源,其中所述时间资源包括第一时间段和第二时间段,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。其中,循环周期可以为一帧,即每帧都会轮询第一时间段和第二时间段;显示需求用于指示不同区域是否需要显示图像。
在上述方案中,处理器根据不同区域的显示需求可以分配不同的时间资源用以发送不同区域的图像数据,从而可以实现对不同显示区域的图像数据传输功能的分时控制。基于此,在显示面板的第一区域需要显示图像,而第二区域不需要显示图像的实施场景中,处理器可以在第一时间段发送图像数据,在第二时间段不发送图像数据,进而相对现有技术原本全时段发送图像数据的方案,可以节约第二时间段中图像数据传输工作所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于在所述第一时间段向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第一区域的图像数据,在所述第二时间段向所述显示驱动器发送显示器的第二区域的图像数据,其中所述第一时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第一区域的时间,所述第二时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第二区域的时间。
在上述方案中,处理器为第一区域和第二区域对应的图像数据传输分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,使得不同显示区域均需要显示图像时,可以采用分时分区驱动的方式进行显示控制。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于在所述第一时间段向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第一区域的图像数据,在所述第二时间不向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第二区域的图像数据,其中所述第一时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第一区域的时间,所述第二时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第二区域的时间。
在上述方案中,处理器为第一区域和第二区域对应的图像数据传输分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段向显示驱动器发送显示器的第一区域的图像数据,在第二时间不向显示驱动器发送显示器的第二区域的图像数据,使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,可节约第二时间段中处理器向显示驱动器发送图像数据所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于向显示驱动器、电源、触控驱动器和指纹感应驱动器中的至少一个发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述显 示器不同区域的显示需求。
在上述方案中,处理器获知不同区域的显示需求后,可以通知显示驱动器、电源、触控驱动器和指纹感应驱动器中的至少一个,从而使上述各模块也可以相应的根据不同区域的显示需求,进行分时分区的驱动控制,以节约更多的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器还用于:获得并根据电子设备所处状态,确定所述显示器不同区域的显示需求。电子设备所处状态可以是折叠状态或展开状态,单手操作状态或正常操作状态,曲面显示状态或非曲面显示状态等。
在上述方案中,处理器根据电子设备的不同状态,可以确定该状态下显示器不同区域的显示需求,从而调整自身的图像数据的传输方式,还可以进一步指示其他模块调整驱动控制方式,以节约功耗。
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括显示器和处理器;
所述显示器包括显示面板和显示驱动器;
所述显示面板,包括第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路,所述第一像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号;
所述显示驱动器,用于产生不同的显示驱动信号分别控制所述第一像素扫描电路和所述第二像素扫描电路的工作时间段;
所述处理器,用于获得显示器不同区域的显示需求,根据所述显示需求确定向显示驱动器发送不同区域图像数据的时间资源,其中所述时间资源包括第一时间段和第二时间段,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示面板包括两个不同的显示区域,并且两个显示区域中的像素分别由互相独立的两个像素扫描电路进行扫描驱动,由于两个像素扫描电路彼此独立可控制,因此显示驱动器可以在不同时间段独立的控制两个像素扫描电路工作或不工作。处理器根据不同区域的显示需求可以分配不同的时间资源用以发送不同区域的图像数据,从而可以实现对不同显示区域的图像数据传输功能的分时控制。基于此,在显示面板的第一区域需要显示图像,而第二区域不需要显示图像的实施场景中,显示驱动器可以在某个时间段控制第二区域对应的第二像素扫描电路不工作,从而使得在该时间段中第二像素扫描电路无需对第二区域的像素进行扫描驱动,进而相对现有技术原本全时段全区域的扫描驱动全屏像素的方案,可以节约一段时间中第二像素扫描电路工作所需的功耗。处理器可以在第一时间段发送图像数据,在第二时间段不发送图像数据,进而相对现有技术原本全时段发送图像数据的方案,可以节约第二时间段中图像数据传输工作所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,具体用于输出第一显示驱动信号和第二显示驱动信号,所述第一显示驱动信号控制所述第一像素扫描电路在第一时间段处于工作状态以驱动所述第一区域的像素,所述第二显示驱动信号控制所述第二像素扫描电路在第二时间段处于工作状态以驱动所述第一区域的像素,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路工作,在第二时间段控制第二像素扫描电路工作,使得不同显示区域均需要显示图像时,采用 分时分区驱动的方式进行显示控制。在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,具体用于输出第一显示驱动信号和第二显示驱动信号,所述第一显示驱动信号控制所述第一像素扫描电路在第一时间段处于工作状态以驱动所述第一区域的像素,所述第二显示驱动信号控制所述第二像素扫描电路在第二时间段处于工作状态以驱动所述第一区域的像素,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。其中,循环周期可以为一帧,即每帧都会轮询第一时间段和第二时间段。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路工作,在第二时间段控制第二像素扫描电路工作,使得不同显示区域均需要显示图像时,采用分时分区驱动的方式进行显示控制。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第二时间段不输出所述第二显示驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。其中,特定的时间周期具体可以是电子设备处于第一区域需要显示图像而第二区域不需要显示图像的状态的一段时间,当显示驱动器获知电子设备由全屏显示变为第二区域不需要显示图像的显示需求时,就可以进入该特定的时间周期,当显示驱动器获知电子设备由第二区域不需要显示图像的情况变为其他显示需求时,则可以结束该特定的时间周期。进一步的,显示驱动器获知上述不同区域的显示需求的方式,可以是通过接收处理器发送的指示信息获得的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于在获得所述第二区域息屏的需求指示信息后,在第二时间段不输出所述第二显示驱动信号;在获得所述第二区域显示的需求指示信息后在第二时间段输出所述第二显示驱动信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于响应第二区域息屏的指令,在所述第二区域息屏时间的内第二时间段停止输出所述第二显示驱动信号。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路工作,在第二时间段控制第二像素扫描电路不工作(即不输出第二显示驱动信号),使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,可节约第二时间段中第二像素扫描电路扫描驱动第二区域的像素所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段均输出所述第一显示驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路工作,在第二时间段仍然控制第一像素扫描电路工作,使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,将原本用于扫描第二区域的像素所需的功耗,用于多次刷新扫描第一区域的像素,即原本一帧中扫描一次第一区域的像素,在该方案中可以扫描两次第一区域的像素,从而增加对第一区域的显示扫描频率,提升第一区域的显示画质,为游戏等场景提供更好的使用体验。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于向所述显示面板提供像素数据信号信号,在第一时间段和第二时间段均发送所述像素数据信号信号,所述第一时间段 和所述第二时间段周期性循环,所述像素数据信号信号用于指示所述显示面板内的像素显示的内容。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段向所述显示面板发送像素数据信号,在第二时间段不发送像素数据信号,所述像素数据信号用于指示所述显示面板内的像素显示的内容,像素数据信号配合像素扫描电路的扫描,才能最终将显示的内容呈现出来。所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素数据信号的发送分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不发送像素数据信号,从而可以节省第二时间段中发送像素数据信号的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第一时间段生成像素数据信号,在所述第二时间段不生成像素数据信号,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素数据信号的生成分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不生成像素数据信号,从而可以节省第二时间段中处理和生成像素数据信号的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,用于接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,在第一时间段接收所述第一区域的图像数据,在第二时间段接收所述第二区域的图像数据,所述图像数据用于生成指示所述显示面板内的所述像素显示的内容的像素数据信号信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,用于在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,在所述第二时间段不接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的图像数据的接收分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不接收处理器发送的图像数据,从而可以节省第二时间段中接收图像数据的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于在所述第一时间段向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第一区域的图像数据,在所述第二时间段向所述显示驱动器发送显示器的第二区域的图像数据,其中所述第一时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第一区域的时间,所述第二时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第二区域的时间。
在上述方案中,处理器为第一区域和第二区域对应的图像数据传输分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,使得不同显示区域均需要显示图像时,可以采用分时分区驱动的方式进行显示控制。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于在所述第一时间段向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第一区域的图像数据,在所述第二时间不向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第二区域的图像数据,其中所述第一时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第一区域的时间,所述第二时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第二区域的时间。
在上述方案中,处理器为第一区域和第二区域对应的图像数据传输分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段向显示驱动器发送显示器的第一区域的图像数据,在第二时间不向显示驱动器发送显示器的第二区域的图像数据,使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,可节约第二时间段中处理器向显示驱动器发送图像数据所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于向显示驱动器、电源、触控驱动器和指纹感应驱动器中的至少一个发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述显示器不同区域的显示需求。
在上述方案中,处理器获知不同区域的显示需求后,可以通知显示驱动器、电源、触控驱动器和指纹感应驱动器中的至少一个,从而使上述各模块也可以相应的根据不同区域的显示需求,进行分时分区的驱动控制,以节约更多的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器还用于:获得并根据电子设备所处状态,确定所述显示器不同区域的显示需求。电子设备所处状态可以是折叠状态或展开状态,单手操作状态或正常操作状态,曲面显示状态或非曲面显示状态等。
在上述方案中,处理器根据电子设备的不同状态,可以确定该状态下显示器不同区域的显示需求,从而调整自身的图像数据的传输方式,还可以进一步指示其他模块调整驱动控制方式,以节约功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括触控模组;所述触控模组包括第一触控扫描电路、第二触控扫描电路和触控驱动器;所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路集成于显示面板;所述第一触控扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的触控传感器,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的触控传感器;
所述触控驱动器,用于根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,控制所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路的工作时间段。
在上述方案中,显示面板包括两个不同的显示区域,并且两个显示区域中的触控传感器分别由第一触控扫描电路和第二触控扫描电路进行扫描驱动,由于两个触控扫描电路独立可控制,因此触控驱动器可以在不同时间段独立的控制两个触控扫描电路工作或不工作。基于此,在显示面板的第一区域需要显示图像,而第二区域不需要显示图像的实施场景中,不显示图像的区域也可以不再进行触控信号的侦测。则触控驱动器可以在某个时间段控制第二区域对应的第二触控扫描电路不工作,从而使得在该时间段中第二触控扫描电路无需对第二区域的触控传感器进行扫描驱动,进而相对现有技术原本全时段全区域的扫描驱动全屏触控传感器的方案,可以节约一段时间中第二触控扫描电路工作所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述触控驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第三时间段向所述第一触控扫描电路输出触控驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的触控传感器,在第四时间段不输出触控驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第三时间段和所述第四时间段周期性循环。其中,特定的时间周期具体可以是电子设备处于第一区域需要显示图像而第二区域不需要显示图像的状态的一段时间,当触控驱动器获知电子设备由全屏显示变为第二区域不需要显示图像的显示需求时,就可以进入该特定的时间周期,当触控驱动器获知电子设备由第二区域不需要显示图像的情况变为其他显示需求时,则可以结束该特定的时间周期。进一步的,触控驱动器获知上述不同区域的显示需求的方式,可以是 通过接收处理器发送的指示信息获得的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述触控驱动器,还用于在获得所述第二区域息屏的需求指示信息后,在第四时间段不输出所述触控驱动信号;在获得所述第二区域显示的需求指示信息后在第四时间段输出所述触控驱动信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于响应第二区域息屏的指令,在所述第二区域息屏时间内的第四时间段停止输出所述触控驱动信号。
在上述方案中,触控驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的触控扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第三时间段和第四时间段,在第三时间段控制第一触控扫描电路工作,在第四时间段控制第二触控扫描电路不工作(即不输出触控驱动信号),使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,也不再进行触控信号的侦测,也可节约第四时间段中第二触控扫描电路扫描驱动第二区域的触控传感器所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述触控驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第三时间段和第四时间段均向所述第一触控扫描电路输出触控驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的触控传感器,所述特定时间周期内第三时间段和所述第四时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,触控驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的触控扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第三时间段和第四时间段,在第三时间段控制第一触控扫描电路工作,在第四时间段仍然控制第一触控扫描电路工作,使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,将原本用于扫描第二区域的触控传感器所需的功耗,用于多次刷新扫描第一区域的触控传感器,即原本一帧中扫描一次第一区域的触控传感器,在该方案中可以扫描两次第一区域的触控传感器,从而增加对第一区域的触控扫描频率,提升第一区域的触控感应灵敏度,为游戏等场景提供更好的使用体验。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路彼此电分离。
在触控扫描电路为互容式设计时,如果第一区域和第二区域是纵向的上下分区,即和触控扫描电路的纵向扫描线平行,那么此时每个触控扫描线独立控制也无法独立分时的控制两个显示区域的触控感应器,因此,此情况下第一触控扫描电路和第二触控扫描电路需要彼此电分离,使得第一触控扫描电路和第二触控扫描电路可以被独立的控制而不会彼此影响。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述触控模组还用于:接收处理器发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求。
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括指纹模组;所述指纹模组包括第一指纹扫描电路、第二指纹扫描电路和指纹驱动器;所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路集成于显示面板;所述第一指纹扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的指纹传感器,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的指纹传感器;
所述指纹驱动器,用于根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,控制所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路的工作时间段。
在上述方案中,显示面板包括两个不同的显示区域,并且两个显示区域中的指纹传感器分别由第一指纹扫描电路和第二指纹扫描电路进行扫描驱动,由于两个指纹扫描电路独立可控制,因此指纹驱动器可以在不同时间段独立的控制两个指纹扫描电路工作或不工作。基于此,在显示面板的第一区域需要显示图像,而第二区域不需要显示图像的 实施场景中,不显示图像的区域也可以不再进行指纹信号的侦测。则指纹驱动器可以在某个时间段控制第二区域对应的第二指纹扫描电路不工作,从而使得在该时间段中第二指纹扫描电路无需对第二区域的指纹传感器进行扫描驱动,进而相对现有技术原本全时段全区域(或全区域中的指定区域)的扫描驱动全屏指纹传感器的方案,可以节约一段时间中第二指纹扫描电路工作所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指纹驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第五时间段向所述第一指纹扫描电路输出指纹驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的指纹传感器,在第六时间段不输出指纹驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第五时间段和所述第六时间段周期性循环。其中,特定的时间周期具体可以是电子设备处于第一区域需要显示图像而第二区域不需要显示图像的状态的一段时间,当指纹驱动器获知电子设备由全屏显示变为第二区域不需要显示图像的显示需求时,就可以进入该特定的时间周期,当指纹驱动器获知电子设备由第二区域不需要显示图像的情况变为其他显示需求时,则可以结束该特定的时间周期。进一步的,指纹驱动器获知上述不同区域的显示需求的方式,可以是通过接收处理器发送的指示信息获得的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指纹驱动器,还用于在获得所述第二区域息屏的需求指示信息后,在第六时间段不输出所述指纹驱动信号;在获得所述第二区域显示的需求指示信息后在第六时间段输出所述指纹驱动信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于响应第二区域息屏的指令,在所述第二区域息屏时间的内第六时间段停止输出所述指纹驱动信号。
在上述方案中,指纹驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的指纹扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第五时间段和第六时间段,在第五时间段控制第一指纹扫描电路工作,在第六时间段控制第二指纹扫描电路不工作(即不输出指纹驱动信号),使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,也不再进行指纹信号的侦测,也可节约第六时间段中第二指纹扫描电路扫描驱动第二区域的指纹传感器所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指纹驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第五时间段和第六时间段均向所述第一指纹扫描电路输出指纹驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的指纹传感器,所述特定时间周期内第五时间段和所述第六时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,指纹驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的指纹扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第五时间段和第六时间段,在第五时间段控制第一指纹扫描电路工作,在第六时间段仍然控制第一指纹扫描电路工作,使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,将原本用于扫描第二区域的指纹传感器所需的功耗,用于多次刷新扫描第一区域的指纹传感器,即原本一帧中扫描一次第一区域的指纹传感器,在该方案中可以扫描两次第一区域的指纹传感器,从而增加对第一区域的指纹扫描频率,提升第一区域的指纹感应灵敏度,为游戏等场景提供更好的使用体验。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路彼此电分离。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述触控模组还用于:接收处理器发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求。
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括电源模块;
所述电源模块用于对所述第一区域和所述第二区域的像素进行独立的供电控制。
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种驱动控制系统,应用于具有显示面板的电子设备,包括显示面板和显示驱动模块;其中,
所述显示面板包括至少两个显示区域,每个显示区域具有对应的像素扫描电路,且各像素扫描电路彼此电分离;每个所述像素扫描电路用于驱动对应显示区域的像素;
所述显示驱动模块包括扫描控制电路;所述扫描控制电路分别与每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路连接;所述扫描控制电路用于对每个显示区域对应的所述像素扫描电路进行独立的扫描驱动控制。
在上述方案中,显示面板包括两个不同的显示区域,并且两个显示区域中的像素分别由互相独立的两个像素扫描电路进行扫描驱动,由于两个像素扫描电路彼此独立可控制,因此显示驱动器可以在不同时间段独立的控制两个像素扫描电路工作或不工作。基于此,在显示面板的第一区域需要显示图像,而第二区域不需要显示图像的实施场景中,显示驱动器可以在某个时间段控制第二区域对应的第二像素扫描电路不工作,从而使得在该时间段中第二像素扫描电路无需对第二区域的像素进行扫描驱动,进而相对现有技术原本全时段全区域的扫描驱动全屏像素的方案,可以节约一段时间中第二像素扫描电路工作所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述系统还包括电源模块;所述电源模块分别与每个显示区域的像素连接;所述电源模块用于对每个显示区域的像素进行独立的供电控制。
在上述方案中,电源模块可以独立为每个显示区域的像素进行独立的供电,基于此,在显示面板的第一区域需要显示图像,而第二区域不需要显示图像的实施场景中,电源模块可以不为第二区域的像素供电,从而节约了部分电力消耗。
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种驱动控制方法,应用于具有显示面板的电子设备,所述方法包括:
所述显示驱动器获得显示面板中第一区域和第二区域的显示需求;其中,显示需求用于指示第一区域和第二区域是否需要显示图像;
所述显示驱动器根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,产生不同的显示驱动信号分别控制第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路的工作时间段,其中所述第一像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中所述第一区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中所述第二区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号。
在上述方案中,显示面板包括两个不同的显示区域,并且两个显示区域中的像素分别由互相独立的两个像素扫描电路进行扫描驱动,由于两个像素扫描电路彼此独立可控制,因此显示驱动器可以在不同时间段独立的控制两个像素扫描电路工作或不工作。基于此,显示驱动器根据两个区域的显示需求,可以控制第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路处于工作状态的时间段。在显示面板的第一区域需要显示图像,而第二区域不需要显示图像的实施场景中,显示驱动器可以在某个时间段控制第二区域对应的第二像素扫描电路不工作,从而使得在该时间段中第二像素扫描电路无需对第二区域的像素进行扫描驱动,进而相对现有技术原本全时段全区域的扫描驱动全屏像素的方案,可以节约一段时间中第二像素扫描电路工作所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求均为显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在第一时间段向所述第一像素扫描电路输出第一显示驱动信号以 控制所述第一像素扫描电路在第一时间段驱动所述第一区域的像素,在第二时间时段向所述第二像素扫描电路输出第二显示驱动信号以控制所述第二像素扫描电路在第二时间时段驱动所述第二区域的像素;所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路工作,在第二时间段控制第二像素扫描电路工作,使得不同显示区域均需要显示图像时,采用分时分区驱动的方式进行显示控制。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在所述第一时间段向所述第一像素扫描电路输出第一显示驱动信号以控制所述第一像素扫描电路在所述第一时间段驱动所述第一区域的像素,在所述第二时间段不向所述第二像素扫描电路输出第二显示驱动信号以控制所述第二像素扫描电路在所述第二时间时段不驱动所述第二区域的像素。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路工作,在第二时间段控制第二像素扫描电路不工作(即不输出第二显示驱动信号),使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,可节约第二时间段中第二像素扫描电路扫描驱动第二区域的像素所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在在所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段均向所述第一像素扫描电路输出第一显示驱动信号以控制所述第一像素扫描电路分别在所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段驱动所述第一区域的像素。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路工作,在第二时间段仍然控制第一像素扫描电路工作,使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,将原本用于扫描第二区域的像素所需的功耗,用于多次刷新扫描第一区域的像素,即原本一帧中扫描一次第一区域的像素,在该方案中可以扫描两次第一区域的像素,从而增加对第一区域的显示扫描频率,提升第一区域的显示画质,为游戏等场景提供更好的使用体验。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,在第一时间段和第二时间段均发送所述像素数据信号,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环,所述像素数据信号用于指示所述显示面板内的像素显示的内容。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在第一时间段向所述显示面板发送像素数据信号,在第二时间段不发送所述像素数据信号;所述像素数据信号用于指示所述显示面板内的像素显示的内容,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素数据信号的发送分配 了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不发送像素数据信号,从而可以节省第二时间段中发送像素数据信号的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在所述第一时间段生成所述像素数据信号,在所述第二时间段不生成所述像素数据信号。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素数据信号的生成分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不生成像素数据信号,从而可以节省第二时间段中处理和生成像素数据信号的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
显示驱动器在第一时间段接收处理器发送的所述第一区域的图像数据,在第二时间段接收接收处理器发送的所述第二区域的图像数据,所述图像数据用于生成指示所述显示面板内的所述像素显示的内容的像素数据信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在第一时间段接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,在第二时间段不接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的图像数据的接收分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不接收处理器发送的图像数据,从而可以节省第二时间段中接收图像数据的功耗。
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种触控模组,所述触控模组包括第一触控扫描电路、第二触控扫描电路和触控驱动器;所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路集成于显示面板;所述第一触控扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的触控传感器,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的触控传感器;
所述触控驱动器,用于根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,控制所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路的工作时间段。
在上述方案中,显示面板包括两个不同的显示区域,并且两个显示区域中的触控传感器分别由第一触控扫描电路和第二触控扫描电路进行扫描驱动,由于两个触控扫描电路独立可控制,因此触控驱动器可以在不同时间段独立的控制两个触控扫描电路工作或不工作。基于此,在显示面板的第一区域需要显示图像,而第二区域不需要显示图像的实施场景中,不显示图像的区域也可以不再进行触控信号的侦测。则触控驱动器可以在某个时间段控制第二区域对应的第二触控扫描电路不工作,从而使得在该时间段中第二触控扫描电路无需对第二区域的触控传感器进行扫描驱动,进而相对现有技术原本全时段全区域的扫描驱动全屏触控传感器的方案,可以节约一段时间中第二触控扫描电路工作所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述触控驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段向所述第一触控扫描电路输出触控驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的触控传感器,在第二时间段不输出触控驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。其中,特定的时间周期具体可以是电子设备处于第一区域需要显示图像而 第二区域不需要显示图像的状态的一段时间,当触控驱动器获知电子设备由全屏显示变为第二区域不需要显示图像的显示需求时,就可以进入该特定的时间周期,当触控驱动器获知电子设备由第二区域不需要显示图像的情况变为其他显示需求时,则可以结束该特定的时间周期。进一步的,触控驱动器获知上述不同区域的显示需求的方式,可以是通过接收处理器发送的指示信息获得的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述触控驱动器,还用于在获得所述第二区域息屏的需求指示信息后,在第二时间段不输出所述触控驱动信号;在获得所述第二区域显示的需求指示信息后在第二时间段输出所述触控驱动信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于响应第二区域息屏的指令,在所述第二区域息屏时间的内第二时间段停止输出所述触控驱动信号。
在上述方案中,触控驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的触控扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一触控扫描电路工作,在第二时间段控制第二触控扫描电路不工作(即不输出触控驱动信号),使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,也不再进行触控信号的侦测,也可节约第二时间段中第二触控扫描电路扫描驱动第二区域的触控传感器所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述触控驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段和第二时间段均向所述第一触控扫描电路输出触控驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的触控传感器,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,触控驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的触控扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一触控扫描电路工作,在第二时间段仍然控制第一触控扫描电路工作,使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,将原本用于扫描第二区域的触控传感器所需的功耗,用于多次刷新扫描第一区域的触控传感器,即原本一帧中扫描一次第一区域的触控传感器,在该方案中可以扫描两次第一区域的触控传感器,从而增加对第一区域的触控扫描频率,提升第一区域的触控感应灵敏度,为游戏等场景提供更好的使用体验。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路彼此电分离。
在触控扫描电路为互容式设计时,如果第一区域和第二区域是纵向的上下分区,即和触控扫描电路的纵向扫描线平行,那么此时每个触控扫描线独立控制也无法独立分时的控制两个显示区域的触控感应器,因此,此情况下第一触控扫描电路和第二触控扫描电路需要彼此电分离,使得第一触控扫描电路和第二触控扫描电路可以被独立的控制而不会彼此影响。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述触控模组还用于:接收处理器发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求。
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种指纹模组,所述指纹模组包括第一指纹扫描电路、第二指纹扫描电路和指纹驱动器;所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路集成于显示面板;所述第一指纹扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的指纹传感器,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的指纹传感器;
所述指纹驱动器,用于根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,控制所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路的工作时间段。
在上述方案中,显示面板包括两个不同的显示区域,并且两个显示区域中的指纹传感器分别由第一指纹扫描电路和第二指纹扫描电路进行扫描驱动,由于两个指纹扫描电路独立可控制,因此指纹驱动器可以在不同时间段独立的控制两个指纹扫描电路工作或不工作。基于此,在显示面板的第一区域需要显示图像,而第二区域不需要显示图像的实施场景中,不显示图像的区域也可以不再进行指纹信号的侦测。则指纹驱动器可以在某个时间段控制第二区域对应的第二指纹扫描电路不工作,从而使得在该时间段中第二指纹扫描电路无需对第二区域的指纹传感器进行扫描驱动,进而相对现有技术原本全时段全区域(或全区域中的指定区域)的扫描驱动全屏指纹传感器的方案,可以节约一段时间中第二指纹扫描电路工作所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指纹驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段向所述第一指纹扫描电路输出指纹驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的指纹传感器,在第二时间段不输出指纹驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。其中,特定的时间周期具体可以是电子设备处于第一区域需要显示图像而第二区域不需要显示图像的状态的一段时间,当指纹驱动器获知电子设备由全屏显示变为第二区域不需要显示图像的显示需求时,就可以进入该特定的时间周期,当指纹驱动器获知电子设备由第二区域不需要显示图像的情况变为其他显示需求时,则可以结束该特定的时间周期。进一步的,指纹驱动器获知上述不同区域的显示需求的方式,可以是通过接收处理器发送的指示信息获得的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指纹驱动器,还用于在获得所述第二区域息屏的需求指示信息后,在第二时间段不输出所述指纹驱动信号;在获得所述第二区域显示的需求指示信息后在第二时间段输出所述指纹驱动信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述显示驱动器,还用于响应第二区域息屏的指令,在所述第二区域息屏时间的内第二时间段停止输出所述指纹驱动信号。
在上述方案中,指纹驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的指纹扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一指纹扫描电路工作,在第二时间段控制第二指纹扫描电路不工作(即不输出指纹驱动信号),使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,也不再进行指纹信号的侦测,也可节约第二时间段中第二指纹扫描电路扫描驱动第二区域的指纹传感器所需的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指纹驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段和第二时间段均向所述第一指纹扫描电路输出指纹驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的指纹传感器,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,指纹驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的指纹扫描电路分配了对应的时间资源,即第一时间段和第二时间段,在第一时间段控制第一指纹扫描电路工作,在第二时间段仍然控制第一指纹扫描电路工作,使得第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,将原本用于扫描第二区域的指纹传感器所需的功耗,用于多次刷新扫描第一区域的指纹传感器,即原本一帧中扫描一次第一区域的指纹传感器,在该方案中可以扫描两次第一区域的指纹传感器,从而增加对第一区域的指纹扫描频率,提升第一区域的指纹感应灵敏度,为游戏等场景提供更好的使用体验。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路彼此电分离。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述触控模组还用于:接收处理器发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求。
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种驱动控制方法,应用于具有显示器的电子设备,所述方法包括:
所述显示驱动器获得显示面板中第一区域和第二区域的显示需求;
在第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在第一时间段向所述显示面板发送像素数据信号,在第二时间段不发送像素数据信号;所述像素数据信号用于指示所述显示面板内的像素显示的内容,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素数据信号的发送分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不发送像素数据信号,从而可以节省第二时间段中发送像素数据信号的功耗。
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种驱动控制方法,应用于具有显示器的电子设备,所述方法包括:
所述显示驱动器获得显示面板中第一区域和第二区域的显示需求;
在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在所述第一时间段生成所述像素数据信号,在所述第二时间段不生成所述像素数据信号。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的像素数据信号的生成分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不生成像素数据信号,从而可以节省第二时间段中处理和生成像素数据信号的功耗。
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种驱动控制方法,应用于具有显示器的电子设备,所述方法包括:
所述显示驱动器获得显示面板中第一区域和第二区域的显示需求;
在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在第一时间段接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,在第二时间段不接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
在上述方案中,显示驱动器为第一区域和第二区域对应的图像数据的接收分配了对应的时间资源,第二区域不需要显示图像的情况下,第二时间段显示驱动模块可以不接收处理器发送的图像数据,从而可以节省第二时间段中接收图像数据的功耗。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例提供的电子设备的结构示意图;
图2为本申请实施例提供的电子设备的软件结构框图;
图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种弯曲的显示面板的显示状态示意图;
图3b为本申请实施例提供的另一种弯曲的显示面板的显示状态示意图;
图4a为本申请实施例提供的一种可折叠的显示面板的显示状态示意图;
图4b为本申请实施例提供的另一种可折叠的显示面板的显示状态示意图;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种单手操作状态下的显示面板的显示状态示意图;
图6a为本申请实施例提供的一种驱动控制系统的系统架构图;
图6b为本申请实施例提供的另一种驱动控制系统的系统架构图。
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种显示面板的像素扫描电路的示意图;
图8a为本申请实施例提供的一种互容式的触控扫描电路的示意图;
图8b为本申请实施例提供的一种自容式的触控扫描电路的示意图;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种驱动控制方法的功能控制示意图;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种驱动控制方法的功能控制示意图;
图11为本申请实施例提供的处理器的数据传输子模块和显示驱动器的数据接收子模块在一帧中的信号控制时序图;
图12为本申请实施例提供的显示驱动器中的各子模块或单元在一帧中的使能信号控制时序图;
图13a为本申请实施例提供的一种像素扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图;
图13b为本申请实施例提供的另一种像素扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图;
图14a为本申请实施例提供的一种互容式的触控扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图;
图14b为本申请实施例提供的另一种互容式的触控扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图;
图15a为本申请实施例提供的一种自容式的触控扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图;
图15b为本申请实施例提供的另一种自容式的触控扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图;
图16为本申请实施例提供的两种状态各模块或单元在一帧中的驱动时序信号图;
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种像素扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。
本申请实施例提供了一种驱动控制方法,应用于具有显示面板的电子设备。其中显示面板可以具有至少两个像素组,每个像素组中包括多个像素,每个像素组对应一个显示区域,每个显示区域具有对应的像素扫描电路。其中,每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路具体用于依次驱动该显示区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号。在本申请实施例中,每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路都彼此独立可控制,显示驱动器可以独立地分别控制 每个像素扫描电路的工作时间段,即可以独立控制每个像素扫描电路在什么时候扫描驱动其对应显示区域的像素。因此本申请实施例可以为每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路分配对应的时间资源,多个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路的时间资源周期性循环。
例如,显示面板包括两个显示区域,第一区域和第二区域,相应的具有对应的第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路。以一帧为例,显示驱动器可以为第一区域分配一帧中的第一时间段,为第二区域分配一帧中的第二时间段,在一种实现方式中,第一时间段与第二时间段可以无间隔的组成一帧,且在下一帧时继续循环第一时间段和第二时间段,从而实现周期性的循环;在另一种实现方式中,第一时间段和第二时间段之间也可以具有一定的间隔,即第一时间段和第二时间段与间隔一起组成一帧,且在下一帧时继续循环第一时间段和第二时间段,从而实现周期性的循环。其中,第一时间段可以用于控制第一像素扫描电路工作,第二时间段可以用于控制第二像素扫描电路工作。这样,第一区域和第二区域在一帧中将会在第一时间段和第二时间段被分时扫描驱动,从而进一步显示图像。
在一些实施场景中,显示面板的显示区域可以具有两种显示需求,一些显示区域的显示需求是显示图像,而另一些显示区域的显示需求是不显示图像。本申请实施例针对上述部分区域需要显示图像而部分区域不需要显示图像的实施场景,基于上述分时分区的驱动控制方法,可以在特定的时间周期内,在显示需求是显示图像的区域对应的像素扫描电路的时间资源到达时,控制该像素扫描电路正常工作(驱动对应的像素将电信号转换为光信号);在显示需求是不显示图像的区域对应的像素扫描电路的时间资源到达时,控制该像素扫描电路停止工作(不驱动对应的像素将电信号转换为光信号)。具体来说,特定的时间周期指部分显示区域需要息屏或者被指示息屏的时间段。例如,特定的时间周期具体可以是电子设备处于第一区域需要显示图像而第二区域不需要显示图像的状态的一段时间,当显示驱动器获知电子设备由全屏显示变为第二区域不需要显示图像的显示需求时,就可以进入该特定的时间周期,当显示驱动器获知电子设备由第二区域不需要显示图像的情况变为需要显示图像时,则可以结束该特定的时间周期。或者说,特定的时间周期也可以是在获得第二区域息屏的需求指示信息后的一段时间,在获得第二区域显示的需求指示信息后则结束特定的时间周期。又或者说,在接收到第二区域息屏的指令时进入特定的时间周期,在接收到第二区域显示的指令时结束特定的时间周期。
这样,相对现有技术来说,可以有部分时间让像素扫描电路不工作,从而节省了该时间段内像素扫描电路扫描像素所需的功耗。
因此,需要说明的是,在预先划分显示区域以及对应的像素扫描电路时,可以根据具体的电子设备的具体功能设定,例如某些功能或情景中,有哪些位置的区域不需要显示图像,而哪些位置的区域是需要显示图像的,可以根据这些具体情况来确定需要划分的显示区域的数量、位置。同时,在显示区域位置确定后,可以进一步确定每个显示区域对应的时间资源。例如,可以从左至右平均地划分三个显示区域,在每一帧中对应的时间资源分别可以是第一时间段、第二时间段和第三时间段,三个时间段在每一帧周期都依次循环一次。并且,三个时间资源的时间长度可以是一样的,也可以是不一样的,可以进一步根据情况设定。
进一步的,该特定的时间周期内显示驱动器对图像数据的接收、处理、发送等相应 功能也可以不使能。
进一步的,该特定的时间周期内处理器对图像数据的处理、发送等相应功能也可以停止。
进一步的,不需要显示图像的部分区域对应的像素也可以不供电。
又进一步的,在显示面板搭载有触控功能时,显示面板的不同显示区域可以对应不同的触控扫描电路,触控驱动器也可以为每个触控扫描电路分配对应的时间资源,多个显示区域对应的触控扫描电路的时间资源周期性循环。可以在显示需求是显示图像的区域对应的触控扫描电路的时间资源到达时,控制该触控扫描电路正常工作,在显示需求是不显示图像的区域对应的触控扫描电路的时间资源到达时,触控驱动器停止触控扫描电路对触控感应器的扫描驱动工作。
同理的,在显示面板搭载有指纹识别功能时,显示面板的不同显示区域可以对应不同的指纹扫描电路,指纹驱动器也可以为每个指纹扫描电路分配对应的时间资源,多个显示区域对应的指纹扫描电路的时间资源周期性循环。可以在显示需求是显示图像的区域对应的指纹扫描电路的时间资源到达时,控制该指纹扫描电路正常工作,在显示需求是不显示图像的区域对应的指纹扫描电路的时间资源到达时,指纹驱动器停止指纹扫描电路对指纹感应器的扫描驱动工作。
上述方法中的部分执行后,可以节省该部分对应的工作所需的功耗,全部执行后,则可以节省所有部分对应的工作所需的功耗,延长了电子设备的续航时间。
下面首先介绍本申请实施例提供的电子设备。
参考图1,图1为本申请提供的示例性电子设备100的结构示意图。
电子设备100可以是手机、平板电脑、桌面型计算机、膝上型计算机、手持计算机、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本,以及蜂窝电话、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)设备、可穿戴式设备、车载设备、智能家居设备和/或智慧城市设备,本申请实施例对该电子设备的具体类型不作特殊限制。总体来说,只要能满足上述具有多个显示区域的显示面板,且不同区域可能同时处于可视和非可视两种显示状态的电子设备,均可适用于本申请实施例所提供的驱动控制方法。
应该理解的是,电子设备100可以具有比图中所示的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或多个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。
电子设备100可以包括:处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F, 接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以被配置为片上系统(System on Chip,SOC),可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。
控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备100的触摸功能。
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的显示功能。具体可以包括数据接收接口MIPI RX和数据传输接口MIPI TX。
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电,也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。在一些实施例中,电源管理模块141中可以包括一个单独的电源模块,该电源模块主要用于为显示屏194(具体可以为显示屏中的像素)以及显示屏194相关的驱动电路等(例如,显示驱动器、触控驱动器以及指纹驱动器)进行供电。在一些实施例中,显示屏194可以包括多个像素组,该电源模块可以分别与每个像素组连接,用于分别为每个像素组独立供电。进一步的,在特定时间周期内,该电源模块可以向其中一些像素组供电而不向另外一些像素组供电。
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声 放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194也称显示器,包括显示面板,还可以包括控制显示面板的控制电路,具体可以是显示驱动集成电路(Display Drive Integrated Circuit,DDIC),也称为显示驱动器。在一些实施例中,控制显示面板的控制电路有部分集成在显示面板上。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display, LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。
在一些实施例中,显示面板可以包括多个显示区域,每个显示区域对应一组像素,像素在被驱动和供电后可以显示相应的图像内容。显示面板的每个显示区域可以具有对应的独立可控制的像素扫描电路,像素扫描电路用于依次扫描驱动对应的显示区域的像素以进行图像显示。在一些实施例中,像素扫描电路可以包括行扫描电路和发光扫描电路,行扫描电路用于依次驱动显示面板中每行对应的像素以进行像素数据信号的加载,发光扫描电路用于依次驱动显示面板中每行对应的像素根据像素数据信号进行图像显示。
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行电子设备100的各种 功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用(比如人脸识别功能,指纹识别功能、移动支付功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如人脸信息模板数据,指纹信息模板等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,和/或存储在设置于处理器中的存储器的指令,执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A
的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可 以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当电子设备100是翻盖机时,电子设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测电子设备100是否在口袋里,以防误触。
指纹传感器180H,用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。在一些实施例中,指纹传感器180H具有对应的指纹扫描电路和指纹驱动器(或称指纹驱动电路),用于驱动指纹传感器180H进行指纹信号的侦测和反馈。
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控器件”或“触控传感器”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传 感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。在一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K具有对应的触控扫描电路和触控驱动器(或触控驱动电路),用于驱动触摸传感器180K进行触控信号的侦测和反馈。
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中,不能和电子设备100分离。
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本发明实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。
图2是本申请实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。
如图2所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。
如图2所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。
下面结合捕获拍照场景,示例性说明电子设备100软件以及硬件的工作流程。
当触摸传感器180K接收到触摸操作,相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层将触摸操作加工成原始输入事件(包括触摸坐标,触摸操作的时间戳等信息)。原始输入事件 被存储在内核层。应用程序框架层从内核层获取原始输入事件,识别该输入事件所对应的控件。以该触摸操作是触摸单击操作,该单击操作所对应的控件为相机应用图标的控件为例,相机应用调用应用框架层的接口,启动相机应用,进而通过调用内核层启动摄像头驱动,通过摄像头193捕获静态图像或视频。
为了更好的说明本申请实施例提供的驱动控制方法,下面先对本申请实施例的驱动控制方法所适用的实施场景进行介绍。
本申请实施例适用于具有显示面板的电子设备,其中,显示面板具有至少两个显示区域,且这些显示区域是预先划分好的。例如,可以预先以显示面板的中线为临界线将显示面板划分成两个面积相似的显示区域,也可以根据其他设计对显示区域进行划分。进一步的,本申请实施例中的显示区域可以具有两种显示需求,即需要显示图像和不需要显示图像。
因此可以理解的,电子设备上的显示面板会出现三种显示场景,第一是所有显示区域均需要显示图像(全屏显示),第二是所有显示区域均不需要显示图像(全屏不显示,例如息屏状态),第三是多个显示区域中部分需要显示图像部分显示区域是不需要显示图像。
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备可以是具有弯曲的显示面板的设备,显示面板10的第一区域101可以被配置在电子设备的前表面上,第二区域102(弯曲的部分)可以被配置在电子设备的侧表面上。如图3a和图3b所示,示出了具有一个第一区域101和两个第二区域102的具有弯曲的显示面板的设备。在一些实施场景中,如图3a所示,第一区域101和第二区域102均进行图像显示;在一些实施场景中,如图3b所示,仅允许第一区域101进行图像显示,而第二区域102不进行图像显示。当然,在一些情况下,第一区域101和第二区域102也可以均不显示图像。
在另一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备可以是可折叠,相应的显示面板10也是柔性可折叠的。在该种实现方式中,显示面板10的显示区域可以是根据电子设备的折叠位置确定的。以两折电子设备为例,如图4a所示是电子设备在折叠状态下(可以包括折叠过程)的显示状态示意图。可以看出,在折叠状态下,第一区域101可以显示图像,而第二区域102则可以不显示图像。其中需要说明的是,图4a中示出的弯折区域可以被设置为第一区域101,也可以被设置为第二区域102,还可以部分被设置为第一区域101部分被设置为第二区域102(例如从中线分开,左边为第一区域101,右边为第二区域102)。具体可以根据实际情况进行设置,本申请对此不作具体限制。如图4b所示是电子设备在展开状态下(可以包括展开过程)的显示状态示意图,可以看出,在展开状态下,第一区域101和第二区域102可以均处显示图像。当然,在一些情况下,第一区域101和第二区域102也可以均不显示图像。
在另一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备也可以具有其他分屏显示或者单手操作的功能。在使用分屏显示功能时,可能会有部分区域是不显示图像的;在使用单手操作功能时,显示区域会缩小至用户单手可触及的区域,因此也有部分区域是不显示图像的。因此,类似上述两种具有固定的一部分显示区域不显示图像而另一部分显示图像的情况,都适用于本申请实施例的使用场景。例如如图5所示的使用单手操作功能的情景中,第一区域101显示图像,而第二区域102则不显示图像。当恢复全屏操作时,则第一区域 101和第二区域102可以均处于显示状态。
本申请实施例就是针对类似上述几种存在部分区域需显示图像而部分区域不需显示图像的实施场景的电子设备,通过对不同的显示区域进行分时分区的扫描驱动控制,使得电子设备的相关驱动模块和供电模块可以在一些时间段内停止工作,以停止驱动和供电不需要显示图像的显示区域的像素,或者停止驱动不需要显示图像的显示区域的触控传感器,或者停止驱动不需要显示图像的显示区域的指纹传感器,从而节省了电子设备对不显示图像的显示区域的相关驱动和供电所需产生的功耗,延长了电子设备的续航时间。
下面将对本申请实施例提供的驱动控制方法进行详细介绍,首先先对本申请实施例的驱动控制方法所适用的驱动控制系统进行介绍。该驱动控制系统可以应用于图1所示的电子设备中。
参考图6a和图6b,图6a和图6b为本申请实施例提供的两种驱动控制系统的系统架构图。由于两种系统架构仅有部分不同,因此以下未明确区分描述的内容,均适用于图6a和图6b所示的两种系统架构。
如图6a和图6b所示的驱动控制系统包括显示面板10、处理器20、显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50、指纹驱动器60。
需要说明的是,显示面板10与显示驱动器30也可以一起被称为显示模组、显示屏或显示器;其中,显示面板10与显示驱动器30可以是独立的,也可以是封装在一起的。
显示面板10用于显示图像,可以包括至少两个显示区域,示例性的,在图6a和图6b中示出了显示面板10可以包括第一区域101和第二区域102。可以理解的,显示面板10可以包括更多的显示区域,例如第三区域、第四区域等等,但是只要对显示面板10进行了分区,无论有多少个显示区域,对于不同区域的驱动控制方式都是一致的,因此本申请实施例后文主要以两个显示区域和三个显示区域为例进行详细说明。
需要说明的是,上述第一区域101和第二区域102仅为对显示面板10的显示区域的区分,并不意味着显示面板10在物理上被分为了两个部分,本申请实施例中的显示面板10是连续的完整的显示屏幕。
在本申请实施例中,显示面板的显示需求可以为需要显示图像和不需要显示图像,例如,如果第一区域101和第二区域102都需要显示图像,那么第一区域101和第二区域102可以都进行图像显示;如果第一区域101和第二区域102都不需要显示图像,则第一区域101和第二区域102可以都不进行图像显示;如果第一区域101需要显示图像、第二区域102不需要显示图像,则第一区域101可以进行图像显示而第二区域102则不进行图像显示。
具体来说,显示面板10包括多个像素(像素可以理解为可独立发光的二极管),像素被像素扫描电路驱动后,通过数据线可以将像素数据信号加载至像素,再加上电源模块40提供的供电电压,则像素就可以发光并显示不同的颜色,将电信号转换为光信号,从而在显示面板10上呈现出要输出的图像。
下面以图7为例说明本申请实施例中显示面板10的像素扫描电路设计。第一区域101和第二区域102分别具有对应的像素扫描电路,可以分别称为第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路。其中像素扫描电路就是图7中示出的多个行扫描线和多个发射线组 成的,其中多个行扫描线可以被称为行扫描电路,多个发射线可以被称为发光扫描电路。在一些实施例中,多个行扫描线和多个发射线可以集成在显示面板10上,也可以作为一个独立的模块。其中,在集成在显示面板10的情况下,多个行扫描线可以被称为行扫描电路集成在阵列基板(Gate scan circuit on array,GOA),多个发射线可以被称为发光扫描电路集成在阵列基板(Emit scan circuit on array,EOA)。
在现有技术中,一般来说整个显示面板具有128*64个像素,像素按照矩阵的行列形式整齐排布,也就是说,每行都包括128个像素,每例都包括64个像素。每行像素可以共同连接一条行扫描线以及一条发射线,每列像素可以共同连接一条数据线。其中,行扫描线可以用于驱动该行扫描线所在行的所有像素,使数据线传输的像素数据信号可以被加载至该扫描行的像素;发射线可以用于导通像素,使其能够在电源模块40的供电下持续发光以进行图像显示。
在本申请实施例中,不同显示区域会分配不同数量的像素。以第一区域101和第二区域102两个区域为例,第一区域101和第二区域102如果是相等或接近大小的区域,则可以分别包括64*64个像素;也可以根据不同大小需求分配,例如第一区域101包括32*64个像素,第二区域102包括96*64个像素。同理的,被分区后的第一区域101和第二区域102也包括多个像素,每个显示区域与整个显示面板的像素排布方式,以及与行扫描线和发射线的连接关系是一致的。与现有技术相比,本申请实施例的像素扫描电路的设计区别主要在于,第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路之间是相互独立的,即第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路之间彼此独立控制;或者说第一像素扫描电路中的行扫描线与第二像素扫描电路中的行扫描线彼此电分离,第一像素扫描电路中的发射线与第二像素扫描电路中的发射线也彼此电分离。
下面结合显示驱动器30一起说明本申请实施例中的显示面板10的显示原理。
显示驱动器30用于接收和处理要输入至显示面板10的显示图像数据(例如照片、视频等),并且显示驱动器30与像素扫描电路和像素具有连接关系,可以控制像素扫描电路的驱动以使显示面板10进行图像显示。在具体实现中,显示驱动器30也可以被称为显示驱动集成电路(Display Drive Integrated Circuit,DDIC)、显示驱动芯片。
具体来说,显示驱动器30可以包括数据接收子模块301、数据存储子模块302、数据处理子模块303以及扫描控制子模块304。其中,数据接收子模块301用于接收图像数据,通常该图像数据来自于处理器20。示例性的,数据接收子模块301可以是通信接口,具体可以是MIPI RX(MIPI RX为MIPI协议的数据接收模块),用于对图像数据进行接收和解包。数据存储子模块302用于存储解包后的图像数据,具体可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)。数据处理子模块303用于对数据存储子模块302中的图像数据进行处理并转换为像素数据信号。具体来说,图像数据一般是数字信号,数据处理子模块303可以对图像数据进行数模转换,将数字信号转换为模拟信号。数据处理子模块303还可以对模拟信号进行电压放大,以使模拟信号具有足够的驱动能力。经过扫描处理子模块303处理后输出的像素数据信号可以通过数据线输入至对应的像素。进一步的,还可以对图像数据进行一些额外的渲染等其他处理,以便具有更好的显示效果,这一部分功能也可以由处理器20来实现。示例性的,显示驱动器30可以采用Gamma电路实现数模转换功能,可以通过运算放大电路(Operational Amplifier Circuits)实现对模拟信号的电压放大。扫描控制子模块304用于驱动显示面板10对应 的像素扫描电路,在本申请实施例中,主要是用于独立的控制每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路。如图6a和图6b所示的实施例中,扫描控制子模块304可以独立地控制驱动第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路,即可以单独驱动第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路中的一个,使第一像素扫描电路或第二像素扫描电路进行上文中提到的像素的逐行扫描。
在具体实现中,如果显示区域是处于显示状态的,显示驱动器30中的扫描处理子模块303通过数据线将像素数据信号输入至对应的像素时,扫描控制子模块304可以同时驱动对应显示区域的像素扫描电路,以使像素扫描电路开始扫描该显示区域中的像素,以便将像素数据信号加载至像素中。需要说明的是,由于显示面板10中的像素非常多,对应的数据线也非常多,如果为每条数据线都分配一个固定的数据输出通道的话,那么显示驱动器30的尺寸将会非常大,因此,在一些实施例中,扫描控制子模块304可以包括扫描控制单元3042和数据切换控制单元3041。其中,数据切换控制单元3041可以是多路复用器(DEMUX),主要用于将一个数据输出通道复用给多个数据线,例如扫描到第一行的像素时,数据切换控制单元3041可以先将数据输出通道与一部分数据线连接,以发送此部分像素对应的像素数据信号,然后再将数据输出通道切换至与另一部分数据线连接,以发送另一部分像素对应的像素数据信号。
扫描控制单元3042则主要用于实现对像素扫描电路的驱动控制。
下面进一步说明本申请实施例中扫描控制单元3042对像素扫描电路的分时分区的驱动控制。
扫描控制单元3042具体可以是扫描控制电路,可以分别与第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路连接,从而可以独立的控制第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路,也即可以独立的控制第一区域101和第二区域102的扫描驱动和图像显示。
在一些实施例中,如图6a所示,像素扫描电路的驱动能力较好,可以同时驱动一整行的像素,因此,扫描控制子模块304可以包括一个扫描控制单元3042,且扫描控制单元3042分别与第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路中的行扫描线和发射线连接。以第一区域101为例,扫描控制单元3042可以向第一像素扫描电路中的行扫描线和发射线发送显示驱动信号(显示驱动信号组1),显示驱动信号组1具体包括起始信号和时钟信号,以使第一像素扫描电路开始对像素进行逐行地扫描驱动。具体来说,其中,起始信号是发送给第一像素扫描电路中第一行的行扫描线和发射线连接,用于使第一行开始对像素进行驱动;时钟信号用于控制第一像素扫描电路逐行扫描的节奏,每到某一行扫描的时间点时,就可以发送时钟信号给第一像素扫描电路对应行的行扫描线和发射线。在扫描驱动时,第一行对应的行扫描线和发射线根据起始信号驱动第一行对应的所有像素,并按照时钟信号的节奏,依次逐行进行第二行、第三行……第n行的扫描,直到第一区域101中的所有像素都扫描完毕。同理的,扫描控制单元3042也可以向第二像素扫描电路中第一行对应的行扫描线和发射线发送(显示驱动信号)显示驱动信号组2,显示驱动信号组2也包括起始信号和时钟信号,从而第二像素扫描电路也可以对第二区域102中的所有像素进行扫描驱动。
在另一些实施例中,如图6b所示,像素扫描电路的驱动能力较弱,需要左右两边同时加载驱动信号才能对一整行的像素进行驱动,因此,在图6b的实施例中,扫描控制子模块304可以包括两个扫描控制单元,即扫描控制单元3042L和扫描控制单元 3042R。继续以第一区域101为例,扫描控制单元3042L和扫描控制单元3042R可以同时向第一像素扫描电路中第一行对应的行扫描线和发射线发送显示驱动信号组,具体来说,扫描控制单元3042L可以向第一像素扫描电路中第一行对应的左半部分的行扫描线和发射线发送显示驱动信号组1L,扫描控制单元3042R可以向第二像素扫描电路中第一行对应的右半部分的行扫描线和发射线发送显示驱动信号组1R。与图6a的实施例相似的,显示驱动信号组1L和显示驱动信号组1R中也包括有起始信号和时钟信号,使第一区域101的左半部分第一像素扫描电路对第一区域101的左半部分像素进行逐行地扫描驱动,使第一区域101的右半部分第一像素扫描电路对第一区域101的右半部分像素进行逐行地扫描驱动,两部分一起共同完成对第一区域101的所有像素的同步地逐行扫描驱动。对第二区域102的扫描也是相似的,因此不再赘述。相应的,图6b所示实施例中,扫描控制子模块304也可以包括两个数据切换控制单元3041,分别用于配合左右两个扫描控制单元3042L和扫描控制单元3042R的扫描来进行数据线的切换。
在又一些实施例中,如图6b所示,像素扫描电路的驱动能力较好,可以同时驱动一整行的像素,但是为了保持电路布线的对称性,因此可以按照图6b所示的设计方法,即扫描控制子模块304可以包括两个扫描控制单元,其中扫描控制单元3042L用于控制奇数行的像素的扫描驱动,扫描控制单元3042R则用于控制偶数行的像素的扫描驱动。继续以第一区域101为例,扫描控制单元3042L和扫描控制单元3042R可以先后分别向第一像素扫描电路中第一行和第二行对应的行扫描线和发射线发送显示驱动信号,从而第一区域101的奇数行的像素和偶数行的像素开始逐行地扫描驱动,两部分共同完成对第一区域101的所有像素的逐行扫描驱动。对第二区域102的扫描也是相似的,因此不再赘述。相应的,图6b所示实施例中,扫描控制子模块304也可以包括两个数据切换控制单元3041,分别用于配合左右两个扫描控制单元3042L和扫描控制单元3042R的扫描来进行数据线的切换。
可以理解的,图6b的驱动方式与图6a的实质是相同的。需要说明的是,图6b中对像素驱动电路的左右部分分开驱动,与本申请实施例将第一区域101和第二区域102分区驱动的原理有所区别。应理解的,图6b的驱动方式是为了解决驱动能力不足或线路对称布局的问题,即使显示面板10不分区,也可以采用这样左右电路分别驱动的方式,来保证驱动能力。实际上像素扫描电路的左右两部分仍是电连接的,而本申请实施例中所指的分区驱动中,第一区域101和第二区域102分别对应的第一像素驱动电路和第二像素驱动电路则是彼此电分离的。
由上述描述可以看出,要想整个区域进行显示,只能分时扫描进行,一行一行的显示。一般来说,像素扫描电路扫描一行的时间称为行周期,完成一次完整屏幕的扫描的时间叫做一帧。一般帧频为60Hz,即每秒显示60帧,相当于每秒会对第一区域的所有像素扫描60次,因此人眼观察不到逐行显示。
在现有技术中,由于没有对显示区域进行分区,因此必须同时对整个屏幕进行逐行扫描。在本申请实施例中,由于对显示区域进行了分区,且扫描控制单元3042还可以对不同显示区域进行独立的驱动控制,因此,本申请实施例不仅可以对不同显示区域进行分区驱动,还可以进一步采用分时驱动的方式。
具体来说,可以预先根据显示区域的划分位置,为每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路分配对应的时间资源。例如仍以第一区域101和第二区域102为例,可以将扫描一个 完成显示面板的像素的一帧时间,分为两段,第一时间段和第二时间段。其中,第一时间段可以用于扫描控制单元3042控制第一像素扫描电路的工作状态,第二时间段可以用于扫描控制单元3042控制第二像素扫描电路的工作状态。在每一帧的周期都循环第一时间段和第二时间段,从而每帧周期内扫描控制单元3042都可以依次循环控制在第一时间段控制第一像素扫描电路进行扫描驱动,在第二时间段控制第二像素扫描电路进行扫描驱动,从而实现了分区加分时的驱动控制。
在本申请实施例中,在第一区域101和第二区域102都需显示图像时,扫描控制单元3042可以在第一时间段时控制第一区域101对应的第一像素扫描电路进行扫描驱动(发送驱动信号),以使第一区域101进行图像显示;在第一区域101扫描驱动完毕后,进入第二时间段,控制第二区域102对应的第二像素扫描电路进行扫描驱动(发送驱动信号),以使第二区域进行图像显示。相应的,在第一区域101需显示图像,而第二区域102不需显示图像时,扫描控制单元3042可以在第一时间段时控制第一区域101对应的第一像素扫描电路进行扫描驱动,以使第一区域101进行图像显示;在第一区域101扫描驱动完毕后,进入第二时间段,控制第二区域102对应的第二像素扫描电路不进行扫描驱动(不发送驱动信号),以使第二区域无法进行图像显示。这样就节省了第二时间段中,第二像素扫描电路在扫描第二区域102的像素点时所需的功耗。在另一种实现方式中,在第一区域101扫描驱动完毕后,进入第二时间段,扫描控制单元3042也可以控制第一区域101对应的第一像素扫描电路继续进行扫描驱动,以使第一区域101的图像显示被刷新。这样虽然未节省功耗,但是提升了第一区域101的显示帧率,使得图像显示的效果更好。
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第一时间段和第二时间段的设置可以不重叠。具体来说,第一时间段和第二时间段之间可以没有间隙或有微小间隙,例如可以第一时间段结束后立即开始第二时间段;也可以在第一时间段结束后一段时间再开始第二时间段。也就是说,本申请实施例可以不是同时对显示面板10的多个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路进行驱动,而是依次地在指定时间对不同的显示区域对应的像素扫描电路进行驱动。其中,这里的指定时间可以是相邻的显示区域的像素扫描完成后的下一个时钟起点,也可以是相邻的显示区域的像素扫描完成后间隔指定数量的时钟后的时钟起点,本申请对此不作具体限定。需要说明的是,上述驱动控制系统中的处理器20、显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50和指纹驱动器60均有同步时钟控制,因此通常第一时间段和第二时间段的扫描开始时间都是依照同步时钟的控制节奏设定的,以便多个驱动模块和处理器20等可以同步配合。
进一步的,本申请实施例对显示面板10中的像素扫描电路进行了分时分区的驱动控制,上文说明了完成一次完整屏幕的扫描的时间叫做一帧,那么本申请实施例中完成所有显示区域的一次扫描也为一帧。具体来说,一次扫描完成时,每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路具体的工作时段与显示区域的数量有关。例如,在有两个显示区域的情况下,每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路的工作时段可以为半帧或接近但小于半帧;同理的,在有三个显示区域的情况下,每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路的工作时段可以为三分之一帧或接近但小于三分之一帧。
进一步的,为了完成上述分时分区的驱动控制,本申请实施例的显示驱动器30中的数据接收子模块301、数据存储子模块302、数据处理子模块303中的一个或多个可 以设计成可独立控制、分时控制的模块,并在上述模块中增加使能控制设计,即上述子模块可以增加对应的使能端口,显示驱动器30可以控制上述子模块的使能,来控制它们的工作开启和停止。在具体实现中,可以是将MIPI RX、RAM、运算放大电路、DEMUX以及VGM(Voltage Gamma model,Gamma电路的供电模块)设计成独立的可分时控制的模块,并在每个模块中增加使能控制端口。
具体来说,也可以预先根据每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路分配对应的时间资源,为显示驱动器30中的各个子模块分配对应的时间资源。例如仍以第一区域101和第二区域102为例,在第一区域101和第二区域102都需显示图像时,显示驱动器30可以控制在第一时间段和第二时间段中,上述301-303中的所有子模块均处于使能状态,以便对第一区域101和第二区域102需要显示的图像数据进行接收、处理,并将处理后的像素数据信号发送给对应像素,以进行图像显示。在第一区域101需显示图像,第二区域102不需显示图像时,则在第一时间段,显示驱动器30可以控制上述301-303中的所有子模块处于使能状态,以便对第一区域101需要显示的图像数据进行接收、处理,并将处理后的像素数据信号发送给对应像素,以进行图像显示;在第二时间段,显示驱动器30可以不向显示面板的像素发送像素数据信号,以使第二区域102不显示图像,以节约发送像素数据信号的功耗。进一步的,在第二时间段,不发送像素数据信号的具体情况可以是,显示驱动器30仍控制上述301-303中的所有子模块处于使能状态,或者是显示驱动器30控制数据处理子模块303处于非使能状态,或者是显示驱动器30控制上述301-303中的所有子模块处于非使能状态。上述几种情况均可以实现在第二时间段中,像素数据信号无法发送。上述几种方案均可以节省功耗,但是可以理解的,第二时间段中显示驱动器30中处于非使能状态的子模块越多,所节省的功耗就越大。
进一步的,在每一帧的周期都循环第一时间段和第二时间段,从而每帧周期内显示驱动器30都可以依次循环控制在第一时间段中各子模块的使能,以及在第二时间段中各子模块中的全部或部分的非使能,从而实现了分区分时的驱动控制。
处理器20用于对显示面板10需要显示的图像数据进行接收、生成和处理。具体来说,处理器20可以是片上系统SOC,可以包括图像处理器201、图像处理子模块202和数据传输子模块203。其中,图像处理器201可以具体为GPU(Graphics Processing Unit),用于进行图像和图形的相关运算工作;图像处理子模块202用于对GPU处理后的图像进行渲染、插帧等优化加工处理,数据传输子模块203可以具体为MIPI TX(MIPI TX为MIPI协议的数据发送模块),用于对图像处理器201和图像处理子模块202处理后的图像数据进行发送和压缩,以便于显示驱动器30进一步处理后在显示面板10上显示。
在本申请实施例中,处理器20也可以根据显示需求确定向显示驱动器30发送不同区域图像数据的时间资源。其中分配的时间资源用于指示可以在该时间段内发送图像数据,但是实际上该时间资源可以被占用也可以不被占用,即也可以不在该时间段内发送图像数据。例如仍以第一区域101和第二区域102为例,可以将扫描一个完成显示面板的像素的一帧时间,分为两段,第一时间段和第二时间段。其中,第一时间段可以用于向显示驱动器30发送第一区域101的图像数据,第二时间段可以用于向显示驱动器30发送第二区域101的图像数据,但是并不一定会在对应的时间段内发送图像数据。例如,在第一区域101和第二区域102都需显示图像时,处理器20可以在第一时间段发送第一区域101的图像数据,在第二时间段发送第二区域102的图像数据。在第一区域101 需显示图像,第二区域102不需显示图像时,处理器20可以在第一时间段发送第一区域101的图像数据,在第二时间段则停止发送图像数据。从而节约第二时间段中处理器20发送图像数据所需的功耗。
继续参考图6a和图6b说明电源模块40。电源模块40用于为显示驱动器30、触控驱动器50、指纹驱动器60以及显示面板10中的像素供电。可以理解的,显示驱动器30、触控驱动器50、指纹驱动器60需要进行供电以进行数据处理或接收等工作。具体来说,电源模块40可以为显示驱动器30提供数字电源、内核电源以及模拟电源,电源模块40也可以为触控驱动器50和指纹驱动器60提供模拟电源和数字电源。在具体实现中,电源模块40可以被集成在电源管理模块中,也可以被称为电源集成电路(Power Integrated Circuit)、电源控制电路、电源芯片或电源等。
在本申请实施例中,电源模块40分别与第一区域101的所有像素和第二区域102的所有像素连接,即电源模块40对第一区域101的像素和第二区域102的像素进行独立的供电,第一区域101和第二区域102的供电互不影响。进一步的,在具有更多显示区域的情况下,电源模块40均与每个显示区域的像素分别连接,从而实现分区独立供电。具体来说,图6a和图6b中的ELVDD1(阳极电压)和ELVSS1(阴极电压)分别为电源模块40为第一区域101的像素提供的正、负电源电压,ELVDD2和ELVSS2分别为电源模块40为第二区域102的像素提供的正、负电源电压。当上文提到的显示驱动器30驱动了显示面板10的第一区域101或第二区域102的像素后,通过电源模块40的供电,可以使被驱动的像素发光以进行图像显示。
进一步的,在一种实施例中,本申请的显示面板10上配置有对应的触控传感器,从而形成触摸屏。与触控传感器对应的,显示面板10具有对应的触控扫描电路,触控扫描电路用于依次扫描驱动显示面板10的触控传感器以进行触控信号的侦测。为了对触控扫描电路进行驱动控制,驱动控制系统还可以包括触控驱动器50。触控驱动器50可以通过向触控扫描电路发送触控驱动信号,使触控扫描电路对对应的触控传感器进行驱动,从而进行触控信号的侦测。在具体实现中,触控驱动器50也可以被称为触控集成电路(Touch Integrated Circuit)/触控芯片、触控驱动电路(Touch Drive Integrated Circuit)/触控驱动芯片、触控控制电路/触控控制芯片/触控控制器等。其中,触控传感器、触控扫描电路以及触控驱动器50可以被称为触控模组。
具体来说,触控扫描电路可以有两种设计方案,一种是互容式一种是自容式,下面分别对折两种设计方案进行介绍。
如图8a所示,在互容式的设计方案中,触控扫描电路包括纵向的触控扫描线(例如,图8a中的TX1_1~TX1_N和TX2_1~TX2_M)和横向的触控信号接收线(例如,图8a中的RX 1~RX K),每个触控扫描线和触控信号接收线交叉的点可以被视为一个触控传感器。触控扫描线用于驱动该线上对应的一列触控传感器,当触控扫描线接收到触控驱动器50的触控驱动信号时,该列的触控传感器将开始进行触控信号的侦测,并通过与该触控传感器连接的触控信号接收线,将侦测到的触控信号反馈给触控驱动器50。需要说明的是,触控驱动器50对每条触控扫描线是单独控制的,会按照扫描控制时钟依次向每条触控扫描线发送触控驱动信号。
如图8b所示,在自容式的设计方案中,触控扫描电路包括与每个触控传感器独立连接的触控扫描线(例如,图8b中的SX1_1_1~SX1_k_o和SX2_1_1~SX2_k_q),触 控扫描线既用于驱动该触控扫描线对应连接的一个触控传感器,又用于将该触控传感器侦测到的触控信号反馈给触控驱动器50。当触控扫描线接收到触控驱动器50的驱动信号时,该触控扫描线对应连接的一个触控传感器开始进行触控信号的侦测,并通过同一条触控扫描线将侦测到的触控信号反馈给触控驱动器50。需要说明的是,触控驱动器50对每条触控扫描线是单独控制的,会按照扫描控制时钟依次向每条触控扫描线发送触控驱动信号。
继续参考图8a和图8b,在本申请实施例中,显示面板10被划分为了多个显示区域,相应的在显示面板10上设置的触控扫描电路以及触控传感器也被划分为了多个区域。以第一区域101和第二区域102为例,第一区域101和第二区域102分别具有对应的触控传感器和触控扫描电路。但是与上文中的像素扫描电路不同的是,本申请实施例中的第一区域101和第二区域102分别对应的触控扫描电路之间可以仍然是保持连接的,也可以是需要电分离的。这主要取决于触控扫描电路采用的设计方案以及显示面板10对显示区域的划分方式是横向划分还是纵向划分。
具体来说,如图3a、图3b、图4a和图4b的实施场景中,都是对显示区域进行横向划分的方式,即显示面板10在横向上(左右方向)具有多个显示区域;如图5的实施场景中,是对显示区域进行纵向划分的方式,即显示面板10在纵向(上下方向)上具有多个显示区域。
如果采用横向划分方式,无论是互容式还是自动式的设计方案中,对每个触控扫描线都是独立控制的,因此第一区域101和第二区域102分别对应的触控扫描电路之间可以仍然是保持连接的,无需进行电分离。例如图8a(互容式)中示出了第一区域101和第二区域102分别对应的触控扫描电路。其中,第一区域101是由TX1_1~TX1_N这几列触控扫描线控制的,如果触控驱动器50仅驱动第一区域101的触控传感器,那么可以只向TX1_1~TX1_N中的每一条触控扫描线依次发送驱动信号即可。同理的,例如图8b(自容式)中示出了第一区域101和第二区域102分别对应的触控扫描电路,如果触控驱动器50仅驱动第一区域101的触控传感器,那么可以只向SX1_1_1~SX1_k_o中的每一条触控扫描线依次发送触控驱动信号即可。
如果采用纵向划分方式,由于上述已经说明自容式的每条触控扫描线都是与一个触控传感器独立连接的,因此多个显示区域对应的触控驱动电路仍然无需进行电隔离。但是对于互容式的设计方案而言,由于其触控扫描线是纵向的,因此如果触控驱动电路不分区,那么会将触控扫描线对应的一整列触控传感器一起驱动,从而无法实现分区的独立控制。因此,如果显示面板10采用纵向划分方式,且触控驱动电路为互容式时,需要对第一区域101和第二区域102分别对应的触控扫描电路之间需要进行电分离。也即第一区域101对应第一触控扫描电路,第二区域102对应第二触控扫描电路,第一触控扫描电路与第二触控扫描电路之间相互独立,具体可以是第一触控扫描电路的触控扫描线和第二触控扫描电路的触控扫描线彼此电独立。
基于上述描述可以看出,触控驱动器50可以对不同显示区域对应的触控扫描电路进行独立的驱动控制,因此,本申请实施例也可以进一步对不同显示区域对应的触控扫描电路采用分时驱动的方式。
具体来说,可以预先根据显示区域的划分位置,为每个显示区域对应的触控扫描电路分配对应的时间资源。例如仍以第一区域101和第二区域102为例,可以将扫描一个 完成显示面板的触控传感器的一帧时间,分为两段,第三时间段和第四时间段。其中,第三时间段可以用于触控驱动器50控制第一触控扫描电路的工作状态,第四时间段可以用于触控驱动器50控制第二触控扫描电路的工作状态。在每一帧的周期都循环第三时间段和第四时间段,从而每帧周期内触控驱动器50都可以依次循环控制在第三时间段控制第一触控扫描电路进行扫描驱动,在第四时间段控制第二触控扫描电路进行扫描驱动,从而实现了分区加分时的驱动控制。
在本申请实施例中,在第一区域101和第二区域102都需显示图像时,触控驱动器50可以在第三时间段时控制第一区域101对应的触控扫描电路进行扫描驱动(发送触控驱动信号),以使第一区域101对应的触控传感器50进行触控信号侦测;在第一区域101对应的触控扫描电路扫描驱动完毕后,进入第四时间段,再控制第二区域102对应的触控扫描电路进行扫描驱动(发送触控驱动信号),以使第二区域对应的触控传感器50进行触控信号侦测。相应的,在第一区域101需显示图像,而第二区域102不需显示图像时,触控传感器50可以在第三时间段时控制第一区域101对应的第一触控扫描电路进行扫描驱动(发送触控驱动信号),以使第一区域101对应的触控传感器50进行触控信号侦测;在第一区域101扫描驱动完毕后,进入第四时间段,控制第二区域102对应的第二触控扫描电路不进行扫描驱动(不发送触控驱动信号),以使第二区域102对应的触控传感器50不进行触控信号侦测。这样就节省了第四时间段中,第二触控扫描电路在扫描第二区域102的触控传感器时所需的功耗。在另一种实现方式中,在第一区域101的触控传感器扫描驱动完毕后,进入第四时间段,触控驱动器50也可以控制第一区域101对应的第一触控扫描电路继续进行扫描驱动,以使第一区域101的触控信号侦测再次启动。这样虽然未节省功耗,但是提升了第一区域101的触控检测频率,使得触控感应灵敏度更好。
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第三时间段和第四时间段的设置可以不重叠。进一步的,第三时间段可以与第一时间段一致也可以不一致,第四时间段可以与第二扫描一致也可以不一致。具体来说,第三时间段和第四时间段之间可以没有间隙或有微小间隙,例如可以第三时间段结束后立即开始第四时间段;也可以在第三时间段结束后一段时间再开始第四时间段。也就是说,本申请实施例可以不是同时对显示面板10的多个显示区域对应的触控扫描电路进行驱动,而是依次地在指定时间对不同的显示区域对应的触控扫描电路进行驱动。其中,这里的指定时间可以是相邻的显示区域的触控传感器扫描完成后的下一个时钟起点,也可以是相邻的显示区域的触控传感器扫描完成后间隔指定数量的时钟后的时钟起点,本申请对此不作具体限定。需要说明的是,上述驱动控制系统中的处理器20、显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50和指纹驱动器60均有同步时钟控制,因此通常第三时间段和第四时间段的扫描开始时间都是依照同步时钟的控制节奏设定的,以便多个驱动模块和处理器20等可以同步配合。
又进一步的,在一种实施例中,本申请的显示面板10上还可以配置有对应的指纹传感器。与指纹传感器对应的,显示面板10具有对应的指纹扫描电路,指纹扫描电路用于依次扫描驱动显示面板10的指纹传感器以进行指纹信号的侦测。为了对指纹扫描电路进行驱动控制,驱动控制系统还可以包括指纹驱动器60。指纹驱动器60可以通过向指纹扫描电路发送指纹驱动信号,使指纹扫描电路对对应的指纹传感器进行驱动,从而进行指纹信号的侦测。在本申请实施例中,指纹传感器可以分布于整个显示面板10 上,也可以分布于显示面板10中的部分区域,因此可以适用于具有全屏指纹识别功能的电子设备,也可以适用于具有区域指纹识别功能的电子设备。
具体来说,指纹传感器与触控传感器相似,指纹扫描电路与触控扫描电路的功能和布局也相似,指纹驱动器60与触控驱动器50的模块功能和驱动控制方式也相似,具体可以参考上述触控驱动器50和触控扫描电路的描述,此处不再赘述。
可以理解的,在本申请实施例中,显示面板10被划分为了多个显示区域,相应的在显示面板10上设置的指纹扫描电路以及指纹传感器也被划分为了多个区域,指纹驱动器60可以对不同显示区域对应的指纹扫描电路进行独立控制,例如可以仅驱动第一区域101的指纹传感器,那么可以只向第一区域101对应的指纹感应驱动线按照扫描控制时钟依次发送指纹驱动信号即可。
基于上述描述可以看出,指纹驱动器60可以对不同显示区域对应的触控驱动电路进行独立的驱动控制,因此,本申请实施例也可以进一步对不同显示区域对应的触控驱动电路采用分时驱动的方式。
具体来说,可以预先根据显示区域的划分位置,为每个显示区域对应的指纹扫描电路分配对应的时间资源。例如仍以第一区域101和第二区域102为例,可以将扫描一个完成显示面板的指纹传感器的一帧时间,分为两段,第五时间段和第六时间段。其中,第五时间段可以用于指纹驱动器60控制第一指纹扫描电路的工作状态,第六时间段可以用于指纹驱动器60控制第二指纹扫描电路的工作状态。在每一帧的周期都循环第五时间段和第六时间段,从而每帧周期内指纹驱动器60都可以依次循环控制在第五时间段控制第一指纹扫描电路进行扫描驱动,在第六时间段控制第二指纹扫描电路进行扫描驱动,从而实现了分区加分时的驱动控制。
在本申请实施例中,在第一区域101和第二区域102都需显示图像时,指纹驱动器60可以在第五时间段时控制第一区域101对应的指纹扫描电路进行扫描驱动(发送指纹驱动信号),以使第一区域101对应的指纹传感器50进行指纹信号侦测;在第一区域101对应的指纹扫描电路扫描驱动完毕后,进入第六时间段,再控制第二区域102对应的指纹扫描电路进行扫描驱动(发送指纹驱动信号),以使第二区域对应的指纹传感器50进行指纹信号侦测。相应的,在第一区域101需显示图像,而第二区域102不需显示图像时,指纹传感器50可以在第五时间段时控制第一区域101对应的第一指纹扫描电路进行扫描驱动(发送指纹驱动信号),以使第一区域101对应的指纹传感器50进行指纹信号侦测;在第一区域101扫描驱动完毕后,进入第六时间段,控制第二区域102对应的第二指纹扫描电路不进行扫描驱动(不发送指纹驱动信号),以使第二区域102对应的指纹传感器50不进行指纹信号侦测。这样就节省了第六时间段中,第二指纹扫描电路在扫描第二区域102的指纹传感器时所需的功耗。在另一种实现方式中,在第一区域101的指纹传感器扫描驱动完毕后,进入第六时间段,指纹驱动器60也可以控制第一区域101对应的第一指纹扫描电路继续进行扫描驱动,以使第一区域101的指纹信号侦测再次启动。这样虽然未节省功耗,但是提升了第一区域101的指纹检测频率,使得指纹感应灵敏度更好。
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第五时间段和第六时间段的设置可以不重叠。进一步的,第五时间段可以与第一时间段一致也可以不一致,第六时间段可以与第二扫描一致也可以不一致。具体来说,第五时间段和第六时间段之间可以没有间隙或有微小 间隙,例如可以第五时间段结束后立即开始第六时间段;也可以在第五时间段结束后一段时间再开始第六时间段。也就是说,本申请实施例可以不是同时对显示面板10的多个显示区域对应的指纹扫描电路进行驱动,而是依次地在指定时间对不同的显示区域对应的指纹扫描电路进行驱动。其中,这里的指定时间可以是相邻的显示区域的指纹传感器扫描完成后的下一个时钟起点,也可以是相邻的显示区域的指纹传感器扫描完成后间隔指定数量的时钟后的时钟起点,本申请对此不作具体限定。需要说明的是,上述驱动控制系统中的处理器20、显示驱动器30、电源模块40、指纹驱动器60和指纹驱动器60均有同步时钟控制,因此通常第五时间段和第六时间段的扫描开始时间都是依照同步时钟的控制节奏设定的,以便多个驱动模块和处理器20等可以同步配合。
可以看出,在以上的驱动控制系统中,处理器20、显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50与指纹驱动器60均具有能力可以实现对第一区域101和第二区域102的相应功能(显示、供电、触控、指纹识别)的分时分区驱动控制。因此,在本申请实施例中,上述多个功能器件的至少一个或多个组合可以实现分时分区驱动控制。即可以是仅显示驱动器30实现分时分区的显示驱动控制,也可以是仅电源模块40实现分时分区的供电驱动控制,也可以是仅触控驱动器50实现分时分区的触控驱动控制,还可以是指纹驱动器60实现分时分区的指纹识别驱动控制;也可以是上述几种驱动控制的结合,例如显示驱动控制、供电驱动控制、触控驱动控制和指纹识别驱动控制可以均采用分时分区的控制方式。
结合以上对驱动控制系统的介绍,下面进一步说明本申请实施例的驱动控制方法。该驱动控制方法可以应用于图1所示的电子设备中。
首先介绍本申请实施例的驱动控制方法的总体思路。参考图9和图10,图9和图10示出了在显示面板10具有两个显示区域(第一区域101和第二区域102)时的一种驱动控制方法。其中,图9示出了在第一区域101为需要显示图像,第二区域102为不需要显示图像时的驱动控制方法;图10示出了在第一区域101和第二区域102均为显示状态时的驱动控制方法。对比图9和图10可以看出,本申请实施例的驱动控制方法的核心思想是:在需要显示图像的显示区域的时间资源(第一时间段)时,显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50和指纹驱动器60以及处理器20(SOC)的子模块处于工作或开启状态,保证该显示区域的图像数据的处理、传输,保证像素的驱动、供电,从而保证该显示区域的像素显示图像;保证触控传感器50的驱动,从而保证对触控信号的侦测;保证指纹传感器60的驱动,从而保证对指纹信号的侦测。在不需要显示图像的显示区域的时间资源(第二时间段)时,显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50和指纹驱动器60或/和处理器20(SOC)中的至少要一个的部分子模块停止工作或休眠,即停止该显示区域的图像数据的处理、传输,停止像素的驱动、供电,停止触控传感器50的驱动,停止指纹传感器60的驱动。从而使非显示状态的显示区域不显示图像,并且显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50和指纹驱动器60或/和处理器20(SOC)的部分子模块,像素扫描电路、指纹扫描电路或/和触控扫描电路,像素、触控传感器50或/和指纹传感器60都停止工作。
需要说明的是,图9和图10的示例中,对显示驱动器30、触控传感器50、指纹传感器60分配的时间资源是一致的,应理解的,上文中已经说明,在具体实现中三者的 工作时间段可以不同,但需同步。
可以理解的,现有技术中对不需要显示图像的显示区域仍然需要输入黑色图像,因此各驱动模块和扫描电路等都与需要显示图像时一样需要产生大量的功耗。本申请实施例基于改进后的驱动控制系统,并采用了分时分区的驱动控制方式,大大节省了电子设备在不需要显示图像的显示区域上的各个方面的功率损耗。
下面以三个显示区域(第一区域101、第二区域102、第三区域103)为例,进一步对本申请实施例中的驱动控制系统涉及的各个模块的驱动控制方法进行说明。实际上,三个显示区域也可以看做是包括一个第一区域和两个第二区域,或者可以看做是包括两个第一区域和一个第二区域,与两个显示区域的驱动控制是类似的。
在对驱动控制方法进行说明之前,先对显示区域的显示需求的确定方式进行说明。
在本申请实施中,各显示区域的显示需求可以由处理器20确定。例如,处理器20作为总控制器,可以接收到用户对电子设备的各项操作和指令,一些操作或指令触发时,处理器20就可以确定哪些显示区域需要显示图像哪些显示区域不需要显示图像。举例来说,当处理器20接收到用户触发的单手操作指令时,处理器20会自动对应到单手操作状态下电子设备的显示面板10的各显示区域需要显示图像还是不需要显示图像,如第一区域101需要显示图像,而第二区域102不需要显示图像。又例如,处理器20也可以接收到各种传感器传递的参数信息,一些参数信息可以指示哪些显示区域需要显示图像哪些显示区域不需要显示图像。举例来说,接近光传感器可以通过检测反射光来检测物体的靠近,当接近光传感器检测到充分的反射光时,可以发送状态信息给处理器20,处理器20接收到该信息就可以确定电子设备的壳体之间非常接近,即电子设备正在变成折叠状态或者已经处于折叠状态。此时,处理器20会自动对应到折叠状态下电子设备的显示面板10的各显示区域中第一区域101需要显示图像,而第二区域102不需要显示图像。
进一步的,处理器20在确定各显示区域的显示需求后,可以向目标驱动模块发送第一状态指示信息,第一状态指示信息用于指示各显示区域的显示需求,即哪些显示区域需要显示图像,哪些显示区域不需要显示图像。其中,目标驱动模块可以包括显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50和指纹驱动器60中的至少一个,以使上述模块可以对不同显示区域采用不同的驱动控制方式。当然,处理器20具体向哪一个模块发送第一状态指示信息与哪些模块采用了分区分时的驱动控制方式有关,如果一些模块未采用分区分时的驱动控制方式,那么显示区域处于什么显示状态也不会影响其驱动控制方式,则处理器20可以不用向这些模块发送第一状态指示信息。
需要说明的是,在一些实施场景中,直接由第三方实体发送的指示信息(例如接近光传感器发送的状态信息),可以不经过处理器20的指令解析,那么也可以由第三方实体直接发送给目标驱动模块而无需经过处理器20的再次传递。例如,接近光传感器可以直接发送状态信息给显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50和指纹驱动器60中的至少一个,上述模块收到该状态信息后,可以直接确定当前需要采用的驱动控制方式。
可以理解的,三个显示区域的显示需求可以具有以下几种情况:
1、第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103,三个显示区域均需要显示图像;
2、第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103,三个显示区域均不需要显示图像;
3、第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103中,有至少一个显示区域不需要显示图像,其他显示区域需要显示图像,即部分显示区域需要显示图像部分显示区域不需要显示图像。
在上述三种情况中,第3种情况实际上又包括了多种情况,但是其实际处理方式都是一样的,因此,本申请实施例后文中,以第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像为例进行详细说明,其他情况均可参考该示例。
此处先定义几个概念:
第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103对应的像素扫描电路分别为第一像素扫描电路、第二像素扫描电路和第三像素扫描电路;第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103对应的触控扫描电路分别为第一触控扫描电路、第二触控扫描电路和第三触控扫描电路;第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103对应的指纹扫描电路分别为第一指纹扫描电路、第二指纹扫描电路和第三指纹扫描电路。
预先设定的像素扫描电路需要扫描第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103的像素的时间资源分别为第一时间段、第二时间段和第三时间段,三个时间资源不重合,且三者之间周期性不断循环(通常是从右往左扫描,即第三时间段之后是第二时间段,第二时间段之后是第一时间段,第一时间段后又是第三时间段,依次循环);预先设定的触控扫描电路需要扫描第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103的触控传感器的时间资源分别为第四时间段、第五时间段和第六时间段,三个时间资源不重合,且三者之间周期性不断循环(即第六时间段之后是第五时间段,第五时间段之后是第四时间段,第四时间段后又是第六时间段,依次循环);预先设定的指纹扫描电路需要扫描第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103的指纹传感器的时间资源分别为第七时间段、第八时间段和第九时间段,三个时间资源不重合,且三者之间周期性不断循环(即第九时间段之后是第八时间段,第八时间段之后是第七时间段,第七时间段后又是第九时间段,依次循环)。
首先说明第3种情况下,在第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像的实施场景中,各个模块的驱动控制方法。
1、处理器20
在第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103均需要显示图像时,处理器20可以对第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103分别对应的图像数据进行处理,具体可以是上文提到的图像处理器201和图像处理子模块202的处理过程。并且处理器20会按照预设的各时间资源,向显示驱动器30发送对应显示区域的图像数据。例如,当前处于第一时间段时,处理器20就向显示驱动器30发送第一区域101的图像数据。
当处理器20确定了在第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,处理器20就会停止对第一区域101和第三区域103的图像数据的生成和处理,只对第二区域102的图像数据进行处理。在检测到处于第三时间段时,停止数据传输子模块203的工作,即停止向显示驱动器30发送第三区域103的图像数据;在检测到处于第二时间段时,启动数据传输子模块203的工作,即开始向显示驱动器30发送第二区域102的图像数据;在检测到处于第一时间段时,停止数据传输子模块203的工作,即停止向显示驱动器30发送第一区域101的图像数据。
图11所示的是处理器20的数据传输子模块203和显示驱动器30的数据接收子模块301在一帧中的信号控制时序图,当处理器20为SOC,数据传输子模块203为MIPI TX时,在第一时间段和第三时间段分别采用LP(LowPower)工作模式,即仅给予初始化信号,而不传输数据;在第二时间段采用HS(HighSpeed)工作模式,即高速传输数据。
可以看出,处理器20对于不需要显示图像的显示区域的图像数据不进行处理不需要显示图像的显示区域的时间资源时,也不进行数据传输;仅对需要显示图像的显示区域的图像数据进行处理,仅在需要显示图像的显示区域的时间资源时进行数据传输。这样可以将处理器20在不需要显示图像的显示区域的图像数据的处理和传输上的功耗全部节省下来。
2、显示面板10、显示驱动器30和电源模块40
由于显示驱动器30主要是对像素扫描电路进行驱动控制,而像素扫描电路又是对显示面板10中的像素进行驱动控制,而电源模块40是对显示面板10中的像素进行供电,因此这三个模块先对而言是关联紧密的,都是对显示方面的驱动控制,因此在一起说明。
在本申请实施例的一种实现方式中,当显示驱动器30确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,在检测到处于第三时间段时,显示驱动器30停止数据接收子模块301、数据存储子模块302、数据处理子模块303以及数据切换控制单元3041中的至少一个模块的工作,即停止上述至少一个子模块的使能;在检测到处于第二时间段时,启动数据接收子模块301、数据存储子模块302、数据处理子模块303以及数据切换控制单元3041的工作,即对上述子模块进行使能;在检测到处于第一时间段时,停止数据接收子模块301、数据存储子模块302、数据处理子模块303以及数据切换控制单元3041中的至少一个模块的工作,即停止上述至少一个子模块的使能。
图12所示的是显示驱动器30中的各子模块或单元在一帧中的使能信号控制时序图,其中在数据处理子模块303为Gamma电路时,可以通过使能Gamma电路对应的供电模块VGM实现对Gamma电路的使能控制。可以看出,显示驱动器30仅在第二时间段时,向数据接收子模块301(MIPI RX)、数据存储子模块302(RAM)、数据处理子模块303(Gamma电路)以及数据切换控制单元3041(DEMUX)对应的使能端口发送使能信号,在第一时间段和第三时间段则停止使能。进一步继续参考图10,由于近第二时间段时显示驱动器中的MIPI RX才被使能,因此对SOC的MIPI TX相似的,MIPI RX在第一时间段和第三时间段分别采用LP(LowPower)工作模式,即仅给予初始化信号,而不传输数据;在第二时间段采用HS(HighSpeed)工作模式,即高速接收数据。
可以看出,在不需要显示图像的显示区域对应的时间资源,无论对上述哪个子模块或单元停止使能,都可以节省下该子模块或单元在此段时间内的功耗,如果将上述所有子模块或单元都停止使能,则可以在数据处理、数据传输、电路驱动等各方面产生更大程度的节省功耗。
进一步的,由上文可知,显示驱动器30中的扫描控制单元3042用于驱动像素扫描电路对像素进行扫描,由于显示驱动器30的上述子模块和单元中的至少一个在第一时间段和第三时间段停止使能,那么相应的,在第一时间段和第三时间段中,扫描控制单 元3042也不会对第一像素扫描电路和第三像素扫描电路进行驱动,因此第一像素扫描电路和第三像素扫描电路也不会驱动对应的像素,第一区域101和第三区域103的像素也不会显示图像。
如图13a所示,是基于图6b的驱动控制系统的一种像素扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图。具体来说,当显示驱动器30确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,扫描控制单元3042在第一时间段和第三时间段均不工作,也即不会在第一时间段向第一区域101对应的第一像素扫描电路左右两部分的发射线(EOA-1 Right、EOA-1 Left)和行扫描线(GOA-1 Right、GOA-1 Left)发送显示驱动信号组(起始信号和时钟信号);也不会在第三时间段向第三区域103对应的第三像素扫描电路的发射线(EOA-3 Right、EOA-3 Left)和行扫描线(GOA-3 Right、GOA-3 Left)发送显示驱动信号组(起始信号和时钟信号)。从而第一像素扫描电路和第三像素扫描电路也不会驱动对应的像素。而扫描控制单元3042在第二时间段时,则会向第二区域102对应的第二像素扫描电路左右两部分的的发射线(EOA-2 Right、EOA-2 Left)和行扫描线(GOA-2 Right、GOA-2 Left)发送显示驱动信号组(起始信号和时钟信号)。其中,参考图13a示出了(GOA STV1、EOA STV1)(GOA STV2、EOA STV2)(GOA STV3、EOA STV3)三组发射线和行扫描线的时序信号图(左右两部分的信号相同,因此一起表示),可以看到,在第二区域102对应的第二时间段,EOA STV2和GOA STV2出现了来自扫描控制单元3042的起始信号(EOA STV2和GOA STV2的起始信号电平相反),从而使第二区域102对应的第二像素扫描电路开始按照时钟信号对该区域的像素进行逐行扫描驱动。
可以看出,在不需要显示图像的显示区域对应的时间资源,扫描控制单元3042不工作,对应显示区域的像素扫描电路也不工作,因此相对现有技术来说,本申请实施例可以节约扫描控制单元3042和像素扫描电路在这段时间中工作所需消耗的功耗。
进一步的,在本申请实施例中,电源模块40可以对不同显示区域的像素独立供电,因此,当电源模块40确定了第一区域101和第三区域103处于不需要显示图像、第二区域102处于显示状态之后,可以仅为第二区域102的像素供电,而无需为第一区域101和第三区域103的像素再进行供电。
继续参考图12,当电源模块40确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,第二区域102的供电使能可以开启,电源模块40中用于向第二区域102的像素输出电压的ELVDD2和ELVSS2被使能,两者跨压使发光器件正常发光,从而为第二区域102的像素供电,使第二区域102能够一直显示图像;相应的,第一区域101和第三区域103的供电电压输出ELVDD2和ELVSS2不使能,使得两者跨压无法达到发光器件正常发光的电压差,从而不会为第一区域101和第三区域103的像素供电,使第一区域101和第三区域103不显示图像。
可以看出,电源模块40对不同显示区域的像素独立供电,因此对不需要显示图像的显示区域的像素可以停止供电,仅对显示状态的显示区域供电,从而节约了对不需要显示图像的显示区域的像素供电所需的功耗。
可以看出,上述实现方式是为了节约功耗,下面将要说明的另一实现方式则是在保持功耗差不多的情况下,可以增加对第二区域102的显示扫描频率,也即帧频,从而提升第二区域102的显示画质,为游戏等场景提供更好的使用体验。
与上一实现方式不同的是,在本申请实施例的另一种实现方式中,当显示驱动器30确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,显示驱动器30的各子模块或单元仍然可以处于使能状态。但在第一时间段、第二时间段和第三时间段时,都向第二区域102对应的第二像素扫描电路发送显示驱动信号组,以驱动第二像素扫描电路在一帧中的三个时间资源对第二区域102的像素扫描驱动三次。
如图13b所示,是基于图6b的驱动控制系统的另一种像素扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图。具体来说,当显示驱动器30确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,扫描控制单元3042在第一时间段、第二时间段和第三时间段时,都会向第二区域102对应的第二像素扫描电路左右两部分的的发射线(EOA-2 Right、EOA-2 Left)和行扫描线(GOA-2 Right、GOA-2 Left)发送显示驱动信号组(起始信号和时钟信号)。其中,参考图13b示出了(GOA STV1、EOA STV1)(GOA STV2、EOA STV2)(GOA STV3、EOA STV3)三组发射线和行扫描线的时序信号图(左右两部分的信号相同,因此在图中一起表示),可以看到,EOA STV2和GOA STV2在第一时间段、第二时间段和第三时间段均出现了来自扫描控制单元3042的起始信号(EOA STV2和GOA STV2的起始信号电平相反),从而使第二区域102对应的第二像素扫描电路在三个时间资源都开始按照时钟信号对该区域的像素进行逐行扫描驱动。
可以理解的,如果之前的显示扫描帧频是60Hz,那么在这种实现方式中,显示扫描帧屏会达到之前的3倍,即180Hz,大大提升了显示图像的刷新率和画面显示效果。
同时,在该种实现方式中,电源模块40仍然可以进行分区供电,与上一实现方式中的供电方式一致,因此不再赘述。
3、触控驱动器50
在本申请实施例的一种实现方式中,当触控驱动器50确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,在处于第四时间段和第六时间段时,触控驱动器50不会对第一触控扫描电路和第三触控扫描电路进行驱动,因此第一触控扫描电路和第三触控扫描电路也不会驱动对应的触控传感器,第一区域101和第三区域103的触控传感器也不会对触控信号进行侦测,此时有用户对第一区域101和第三区域103进行触摸操作时,也不会被感应到,且处理器20也不会接收到触控信号。在处于第五时间段时,触控驱动器50会对第二触控扫描电路进行驱动,因此第二触控扫描电路会驱动对应的触控传感器,则第二区域102的触控传感器会对触控信号进行侦测。
如图14a所示,是一种互容式的触控扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图。具体来说,当触控驱动器50确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,触控驱动器50在第四时间段和第六时间段均不工作,也即不会在第四时间段向第一区域101对应的第一触控扫描电路的触控扫描线(TX1_1~TX1_N)发送触控驱动信号;也不会在第六时间段向第三区域103对应的第三触控扫描电路的触控扫描线(TX3_1~TX1_L)发送触控驱动信号。从而第一触控扫描电路和第三触控扫描电路也不会驱动对应的触控传感器。而触控驱动器50在第五时间段时,则会向第二区域102对应的第二触控扫描电路的触控扫描线(TX2_1~TX2_M)发送触控驱动信号。其中,参考图14a示出了TX1_1~TX1_N、TX2_1~TX2_M和TX3_1~TX1_L的时序信号 图,可以看到,在第二区域102对应的第五时间段,TX2_1~TX2_M收到了来自触控驱动器50的触控驱动信号,从而使第二区域102对应的第二触控扫描电路开始按照驱动信号对该区域的触控传感器进行依次扫描驱动。
同理的,如图15a所示,是一种自容式的触控扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图。与互容式方案相同的,也是触控驱动器50在第四时间段和第六时间段均不工作,在第五时间段时,则会向第二区域102对应的第二触控扫描电路的触控扫描线(SX2_1_1~SX2_k_q)发送触控驱动信号,从而使第二区域102对应的第二触控扫描电路开始按照驱动信号对该区域的触控传感器进行依次扫描驱动。具体实现方式可以进一步参考互容式,此处不再赘述。
可以看出,相对于现有技术中对不需要显示图像的显示区域也进行触控驱动,只是处理器不处理接收到的触控信号的方案,本申请实施例在不需要显示图像的显示区域对应的时间资源,触控驱动器50不工作,对应显示区域的触控扫描电路也不工作,因此可以节约触控驱动器50和触控扫描电路在这段时间中工作所需消耗的功耗。
可以看出,上述实现方式是为了节约功耗,下面将要说明的另一实现方式则是在保持功耗差不多的情况下,可以增加对第二区域102的触控扫描频率,增加第二区域102的触控报点率,从而提升第二区域102的触控感应灵敏度,为游戏等场景提供更好的使用体验。
与上一实现方式不同的是,在本申请实施例的另一种实现方式中,当触控驱动器50确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,在第四时间段、第五时间段和第六时间段时,都向第二区域102对应的第二触控扫描电路发送触控驱动信号,以驱动第二触控扫描电路在一帧中的三个时间资源对第二区域102的触控传感器扫描驱动三次。
如图14b所示,是另一种互容式触控扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图。具体来说,当触控驱动器50确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,触控驱动器50在第四时间段、第五时间段和第六时间段时,都会向第二区域102对应的第二触控扫描电路的触控扫描线(TX2_1~TX2_M)发送触控驱动信号。参考图14b示出的TX2_1~TX2_M的时序信号图,可以看到,TX2_1~TX2_M在第四时间段、第五时间段和第六时间段均收到了来自触控驱动器50的触控驱动信号,从而使第二区域102对应的第二触控扫描电路在三个时间资源都开始按照驱动信号对该区域的触控传感器进行依次扫描驱动。
同理的,如图15b所示,是另一种自容式的触控扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图。与互容式方案相同的,触控驱动器50在第四时间段、第五时间段和第六时间段时,都会向第二区域102对应的第二触控扫描电路的触控扫描线(SX2_1_1~SX2_k_q)发送触控驱动信号。参考图15b示出的SX2_1_1~SX2_k_q的时序信号图,可以看到,SX2_1_1~SX2_k_q在第四时间段、第五时间段和第六时间段均收到了来自触控驱动器50的触控驱动信号,从而使第二区域102对应的第二触控扫描电路在三个时间资源都开始按照驱动信号对该区域的触控传感器进行依次扫描驱动。
可以理解的,如果之前的触控扫描帧频是60Hz,那么在这种实现方式中,触控扫描帧屏会达到之前的3倍,即180Hz,大大提升了触控感应灵敏度。
4、指纹驱动器60
在本申请实施例的一种实现方式中,当指纹驱动器60确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,在处于第七时间段和第九时间段时,指纹驱动器60不会对第一指纹扫描电路和第三指纹扫描电路进行驱动,因此第一指纹扫描电路和第三指纹扫描电路也不会驱动对应的指纹传感器,第一区域101和第三区域103的指纹传感器也不会对指纹信号进行侦测,此时有用户对第一区域101和第三区域103进行指纹识别操作时,也不会被感应到,且处理器20也不会接收到指纹信号。在处于第八时间段时,指纹驱动器60会对第二指纹扫描电路进行驱动,因此第二指纹扫描电路会驱动对应的指纹传感器,则第二区域102的指纹传感器会对指纹信号进行侦测。
指纹驱动器60与触控驱动器50的驱动控制方法类似,指纹扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图也与触控扫描电路在一帧中的驱动时序信号图类似,因此可以参考上文,此处不再赘述。
可以看出,相对于现有技术中对不需要显示图像的显示区域也进行指纹感应驱动,只是处理器不处理接收到的指纹信号的方案,本申请实施例在不需要显示图像的显示区域的时间资源,指纹驱动器60不工作,对应需要显示图像的显示区域的指纹扫描电路也不工作,因此可以节约指纹驱动器60和指纹扫描电路在这段时间中工作所需消耗的功耗。
可以看出,上述实现方式是为了节约功耗,下面将要说明的另一实现方式则是在保持功耗差不多的情况下,可以增加对第二区域102的指纹扫描频率,从而提升第二区域102的指纹感应灵敏度。
与上一实现方式不同的是,在本申请实施例的另一种实现方式中,当指纹驱动器60确定了第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像、第二区域102需要显示图像之后,在第七时间段、第八时间段和第九时间段时,都向第二区域102对应的第二指纹扫描电路发送指纹驱动信号,以驱动第二指纹扫描电路在一帧中的三个时间资源对第二区域102的指纹传感器扫描驱动三次。
可以理解的,如果之前的指纹扫描帧频是60Hz,那么在这种实现方式中,指纹扫描帧屏会达到之前的3倍,即180Hz,大大提升了指纹感应灵敏度。
进一步的,上述实施例中的各个模块均是在不需要显示图像的显示区域对应的时间资源就停止工作,在显示状态的显示区域对应的时间资源再开始工作。在另一实现方式中,为了保证系统工作的流畅性,可以提前让上述实施例的驱动控制系统中的各个模块开始工作,或者说推迟让上述实施例的驱动控制系统中的各个模块停止工作。具体来说,可以在由需要显示图像的显示区域对应的时间资源进入不需要显示图像的显示区域对应的时间资源一段时间之后,再停止各模块的工作;还可以在由不需要显示图像的显示区域对应的时间资源进入需要显示图像的显示区域对应的时间资源一段时间之前,就恢复各模块工作。但是需要说明的是,虽然各模块暂停工作的时间变短了,但对于各种电路的驱动仍然是按照规定的扫描时间点开始的。
可以看出,上述显示面板10、处理器20、显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50以及指纹驱动器60分别对显示、触控、电源和指纹识别等中的一个或多个部分的功耗进行了节约。可以理解的,根据不同电子设备的功能设计和硬件结构设计,在具体实施中,可以对某个模块的部分子模块或者部分时段采用上述驱动控制方法,节约对应 的部分功耗;也可以对上述全部模块都采用上述实施例中的驱动控制方法,从而可以最大程度的节省功耗。
以下说明第1种情况下,在第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103均需要显示图像,各个模块的驱动控制方法。
参考图16,通过与第3种情况的总体对比图可以看出,在三个区域均需要显示图像时,显示面板10、处理器20、显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50以及指纹驱动器60在三个区域对应的时间资源均正常工作,它们各自控制的电路也正常扫描驱动或供电。具体来说,电源模块40分别对第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103的供电都一直保持使能状态,即每个区域都保持供电。触控驱动器50(DDIC)的内部子模块:数据接收子模块301、数据存储子模块302、数据处理子模块303和扫描控制子模块304(DEMUX、扫描控制单元3042)都一直处于使能状态以处理图像数据。进一步参考图17并与图13a比较,可以看出,在第1种情况下,扫描控制单元3042在每个区域对应的时间资源到达时会向该区域对应的像素扫描电路(EOA/GOA)发送起始信号。处理器20(SOC)的数据传输子模块203也会持续在所有时间资源都保持图像数据的数据传输。上述各模块的控制保证第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103均处于显示状态下的正常的图像显示。进一步的,触控驱动器50以及指纹驱动器60也会分别在每个区域对应的时间资源到达时向该区域对应的触控扫描电路和指纹扫描电路发送驱动信号,从而启动对应区域的触控信号和指纹信号的侦测。
具体来说,每个显示区域对应的时间资源的驱动控制方法,都可以参考第3种情况中第二区域102需要显示图像时上述几种模块的驱动控制方法,其原理完全一致,因此不再赘述。
以下说明第2种情况下,在第一区域101、第二区域102和第三区域103均不需要显示图像,各个模块的驱动控制方法。
可以理解的,在三个区域均不需要显示图像时,显示面板10、处理器20、显示驱动器30、电源模块40、触控驱动器50以及指纹驱动器60在三个区域对应的时间资源均可以停止工作,它们各自控制的电路也可以停止扫描驱动或供电。具体来说,每个显示区域对应的时间资源的驱动控制方法,都可以参考第3种情况中第一区域101和第三区域103不需要显示图像时,上述几种模块的驱动控制方法,其原理完全一致,因此不再赘述。
应理解的,本申请实施例描述的应用场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着新应用场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。
本申请的各实施方式可以任意进行组合,以实现不同的技术效果。
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴 电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,是可以通过计算机程序来指令相关的硬件来完成,所述的程序可存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法的实施例的流程。其中,所述的存储介质可为磁碟、光盘、只读存储记忆体(Read-Only Memory,ROM)或随机存储记忆体(Random Access Memory,RAM)等。
以上所揭露的仅为本发明较佳实施例而已,当然不能以此来限定本发明之权利范围,因此依本发明权利要求所作的等同变化,仍属本发明所涵盖的范围。

Claims (53)

  1. 一种显示模组,其特征在于,包括显示面板和显示驱动器;
    所述显示面板,包括第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路,所述第一像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号;
    所述显示驱动器,用于产生不同的显示驱动信号分别控制所述第一像素扫描电路和所述第二像素扫描电路的工作时间段。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的显示模组,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,具体用于输出第一显示驱动信号和第二显示驱动信号,所述第一显示驱动信号控制所述第一像素扫描电路在第一时间段处于工作状态以驱动所述第一区域的像素,所述第二显示驱动信号控制所述第二像素扫描电路在第二时间段处于工作状态以驱动所述第一区域的像素,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的显示模组,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第二时间段不输出所述第二显示驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的显示模组,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段均输出所述第一显示驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的显示模组,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段向所述显示面板发送像素数据信号,在第二时间段不发送像素数据信号,所述像素数据信号用于指示所述显示面板内的像素显示的内容,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的显示模组,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第一时间段生成像素数据信号,在所述第二时间段不生成像素数据信号,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的显示模组,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,用于在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,在所述第二时间段不接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  8. 一种处理器,其特征在于,所述处理器,用于获得显示器不同区域的显示需求, 根据所述显示需求确定向显示驱动器发送不同区域图像数据的时间资源,其中所述时间资源包括第一时间段和第二时间段,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的处理器,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于在所述第一时间段向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第一区域的图像数据,在所述第二时间段向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第二区域的图像数据,其中所述第一时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第一区域的时间,所述第二时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第二区域的时间。
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的处理器,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于在所述第一时间段向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第一区域的图像数据,在所述第二时间段不向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第二区域的图像数据,其中所述第一时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第一区域的时间,所述第二时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第二区域的时间。
  11. 根据权利要求8-10任一项所述的处理器,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于向显示驱动器、电源、触控驱动器和指纹感应驱动器中的至少一个发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述显示器不同区域的显示需求。
  12. 根据权利要求8-11任一项所述的处理器,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:获得并根据电子设备所处状态,确定所述显示器不同区域的显示需求。
  13. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括显示器和处理器;
    所述显示器包括显示面板和显示驱动器;
    所述显示面板,包括第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路,所述第一像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号;
    所述显示驱动器,用于产生不同的显示驱动信号分别控制所述第一像素扫描电路和所述第二像素扫描电路的工作时间段;
    所述处理器,用于获得显示器不同区域的显示需求,根据所述显示需求确定向显示驱动器发送不同区域图像数据的时间资源,其中所述时间资源包括第一时间段和第二时间段,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,具体用于输出第一显示驱动信号和第二显示驱动信号,所述第一显示驱动信号控制所述第一像素扫描电路在所述第一时间段处于工作状态以驱动所述第一区域的像素,所述第二显示驱动信号控制所述第二像素扫描电路在所述第二时间段处于工作状态以驱动所述第一区域的像素。
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,还用于在 特定时间周期内,在所述第二时间段不输出所述第二显示驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段均输出所述第一显示驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  17. 根据权利要求13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,还用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第一时间段发送像素数据信号,在所述第二时间段不发送像素数据信号,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,用于在所述第一时间段生成像素数据信号,在所述第二时间段不生成像素数据信号,所述像素数据信号用于指示所述显示面板内的像素显示的内容,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  19. 根据权利要求13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器,用于在特定时间周期内,在所述第一时间段接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,在所述第二时间段不接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,所述特定时间周期内所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  20. 根据权利要求13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于在所述第一时间段向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第一区域的图像数据,在所述第二时间段向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第二区域的图像数据,其中所述第一时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第一区域的时间,所述第二时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第二区域的时间。
  21. 根据权利要求13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于在所述第一时间段向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第一区域的图像数据,在所述第二时间段不向所述显示驱动器发送所述显示器的第二区域的图像数据,其中所述第一时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第一区域的时间,所述第二时间段对应所述显示驱动器驱动所述显示器的第二区域的时间。
  22. 根据权利要求13-21任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于向显示驱动器、电源模块、触控驱动器和指纹感应驱动器中的至少一个发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述显示器不同区域的显示需求。
  23. 根据权利要求13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,还包括触控模组;
    所述触控模组包括第一触控扫描电路、第二触控扫描电路和触控驱动器;所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路集成于显示面板;
    所述第一触控扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的触控传感器,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的触控传感器;
    所述触控驱动器,用于根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,控制所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路的工作时间段。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述触控驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第三时间段向所述第一触控扫描电路输出触控驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的触控传感器,在第四时间段不输出触控驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第三时间段和所述第四时间段周期性循环。
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述触控驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第三时间段和第四时间段均向所述第一触控扫描电路输出触控驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的触控传感器,所述特定时间周期内第三时间段和所述第四时间段周期性循环。
  26. 根据权利要求23所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路彼此电分离。
  27. 根据权利要求23-26任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述触控模组还用于:接收处理器发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求。
  28. 根据权利要求13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,还包括指纹模组;
    所述指纹模组包括第一指纹扫描电路、第二指纹扫描电路和指纹驱动器;所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路集成于显示面板;
    所述第一指纹扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的指纹传感器,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的指纹传感器;
    所述指纹驱动器,用于根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,控制所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路的工作时间段。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述指纹驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第五时间段向所述第一指纹扫描电路输出指纹驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的指纹传感器,在第六时间段不输出指纹驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第五时间段和所述第六时间段周期性循环。
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述指纹驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第五时间段和第六时间段均向所述第一指纹扫描电路输出指纹驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的指纹传感器,所述特定时间周期内第五时间段和所述第六时间段周期性循环。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路彼此电分离。
  32. 根据权利要求28-31任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述触控模组还用于:接收处理器发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求。
  33. 根据权利要求13所述的电子设备,其特征在于,还包括电源模块;
    所述电源模块用于对所述第一区域和所述第二区域的像素进行独立的供电控制。
  34. 一种驱动控制系统,应用于具有显示面板的电子设备,其特征在于,包括显示面板和显示驱动模块;其中,
    所述显示面板包括至少两个显示区域,每个显示区域具有对应的像素扫描电路,且各像素扫描电路彼此电分离;每个所述像素扫描电路用于驱动对应显示区域的像素;
    所述显示驱动模块包括扫描控制电路;所述扫描控制电路分别与每个显示区域对应的像素扫描电路连接;所述扫描控制电路用于对每个显示区域对应的所述像素扫描电路进行独立的扫描驱动控制。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的系统,其特征在于,所述系统还包括电源模块;
    所述电源模块分别与每个显示区域的像素连接;所述电源模块用于对每个显示区域的像素进行独立的供电控制。
  36. 一种驱动控制方法,其特征在于,应用于具有显示面板的电子设备,所述方法包括:
    显示驱动器获得所述显示面板中第一区域和第二区域的显示需求;
    所述显示驱动器根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,产生不同的显示驱动信号分别控制第一像素扫描电路和第二像素扫描电路的工作时间段,其中所述第一像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中所述第一区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中所述第二区域的像素将电信号转换为光信号。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的驱动控制方法,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,产生不同的显示驱动信号分别控制所述第一像素扫描电路和所述第二像素扫描电路的工作时间段,包括:
    在所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求均为显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在第一时间段向所述第一像素扫描电路输出第一显示驱动信号以控制所述第一像素扫描电路在第一时间段驱动所述第一区域的像素,在第二时间时段向所述第二像素扫描电路输出第二显示驱动信号以控制所述第二像素扫描电路在第二时间时段驱动所述第二区域的像素;所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的驱动控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在所述第一时间段向所述第一像素扫描电路输出所述第一显示驱动信号以控制所述第一像素扫描电路在所述第一时间段驱动所述第一区域的像素,在所述第二时间段不向所述第二像素扫描电路输出所述第二显示驱动信号以控制所述第二像素扫描电路在所述第二时间时段不驱动所述第二区域的像素。
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的驱动控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在在所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段均向所述第一像素扫描电路输出所述第一显示驱动信号以控制所述第一像素扫描电路分别在所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段驱动所述第一区域的像素。
  40. 根据权利要求36所述的驱动控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在第一时间段向所述显示面板发送像素数据信号,在第二时间段不发送像素数据信号;所述像素数据信号用于指示所述显示面板内的像素显示的内容,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的驱动控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在所述第一时间段生成所述像素数据信号,在所述第二时间段不生成所述像素数据信号。
  42. 根据权利要求36所述的驱动控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    在所述第一区域的显示需求为显示图像,所述第二区域的显示需求为不显示图像时,所述显示驱动器在第一时间段接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,在第二时间段不接收处理器发送的所述显示面板的图像数据,所述第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  43. 根据权利要求36-42任一项所述的驱动控制方法,其特征在于,所述显示驱动器获得显示面板中第一区域和第二区域的显示需求,包括:
    所述显示驱动器接收处理器发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述显示面板不同区域的显示需求。
  44. 一种触控模组,其特征在于,包括第一触控扫描电路、第二触控扫描电路和触控驱动器;所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路集成于显示面板;
    所述第一触控扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的触控传感器,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的触控传感器;
    所述触控驱动器,用于根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,控制所述第 一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路的工作时间段。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的触控模组,其特征在于,所述触控驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段向所述第一触控扫描电路输出触控驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的触控传感器,在第二时间段不输出触控驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  46. 根据权利要求44所述的触控模组,其特征在于,所述触控驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段和第二时间段均向所述第一触控扫描电路输出触控驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的触控传感器,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  47. 根据权利要求44所述的触控模组,其特征在于,所述第一触控扫描电路和所述第二触控扫描电路彼此电分离。
  48. 根据权利要求44-47任一项所述的触控模组,其特征在于,所述触控模组还用于:接收处理器发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求。
  49. 一种指纹模组,其特征在于,包括第一指纹扫描电路、第二指纹扫描电路和指纹驱动器;所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路集成于显示面板;
    所述第一指纹扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第一区域的指纹传感器,所述第二像素扫描电路用于驱动所述显示面板中第二区域的指纹传感器;
    所述指纹驱动器,用于根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求,控制所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路的工作时间段。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的指纹模组,其特征在于,所述指纹驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段向所述第一指纹扫描电路输出指纹驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的指纹传感器,在第二时间段不输出指纹驱动信号,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  51. 根据权利要求49所述的指纹模组,其特征在于,所述指纹驱动器具体用于:在特定时间周期内,在第一时间段和第二时间段均向所述第一指纹扫描电路输出指纹驱动信号以驱动所述第一区域的指纹传感器,所述特定时间周期内第一时间段和所述第二时间段周期性循环。
  52. 根据权利要求49所述的指纹模组,其特征在于,所述第一指纹扫描电路和所述第二指纹扫描电路彼此电分离。
  53. 根据权利要求49-52任一项所述的指纹模组,其特征在于,所述触控模组还用 于:接收处理器发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一区域和所述第二区域的显示需求。
PCT/CN2021/100630 2020-06-18 2021-06-17 驱动控制方法及相关设备 WO2021254438A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022578559A JP2023530009A (ja) 2020-06-18 2021-06-17 駆動制御方法および関連デバイス
KR1020237001594A KR20230023034A (ko) 2020-06-18 2021-06-17 구동 제어 방법 및 관련 디바이스
EP21825960.4A EP4156158A4 (en) 2020-06-18 2021-06-17 Drive control method and related device
US18/082,658 US20230127696A1 (en) 2020-06-18 2022-12-16 Drive control method and related device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010561818.6 2020-06-18
CN202010561818.6A CN113823207A (zh) 2020-06-18 2020-06-18 驱动控制方法及相关设备

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/082,658 Continuation US20230127696A1 (en) 2020-06-18 2022-12-16 Drive control method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021254438A1 true WO2021254438A1 (zh) 2021-12-23

Family

ID=78911919

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/100630 WO2021254438A1 (zh) 2020-06-18 2021-06-17 驱动控制方法及相关设备

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20230127696A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4156158A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2023530009A (zh)
KR (1) KR20230023034A (zh)
CN (1) CN113823207A (zh)
WO (1) WO2021254438A1 (zh)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114464126A (zh) * 2022-04-11 2022-05-10 禹创半导体(深圳)有限公司 一种Micro LED的扫描驱动电路及其驱动方法
CN114664237A (zh) * 2022-03-22 2022-06-24 武汉天马微电子有限公司 显示装置及其驱动方法

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20230016744A (ko) * 2021-07-26 2023-02-03 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 표시 장치 및 그것의 구동 방법

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN204462945U (zh) * 2015-01-20 2015-07-08 苏州嘉辰悦电子科技有限公司 双屏平板电脑
CN105452981A (zh) * 2013-08-02 2016-03-30 株式会社半导体能源研究所 显示装置
CN105976759A (zh) * 2016-07-29 2016-09-28 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 驱动电路、显示面板、显示设备及驱动方法
CN106531767A (zh) * 2016-11-30 2017-03-22 上海天马有机发光显示技术有限公司 一种显示面板、驱动方法以及电子设备
US20190051250A1 (en) * 2017-08-08 2019-02-14 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Display device and method of driving the same
CN109346009A (zh) * 2018-12-25 2019-02-15 武汉天马微电子有限公司 有机发光显示面板和显示装置
CN109461412A (zh) * 2018-12-26 2019-03-12 武汉天马微电子有限公司 一种有机发光显示面板及有机发光显示装置
CN109739379A (zh) * 2018-12-27 2019-05-10 厦门天马微电子有限公司 显示面板及其驱动方法、显示装置

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6177920A (ja) * 1984-09-22 1986-04-21 Sharp Corp 入力および液晶表示を行なう装置
JP4899300B2 (ja) * 2004-09-09 2012-03-21 カシオ計算機株式会社 液晶表示装置及び液晶表示装置の駆動制御方法
KR102207861B1 (ko) * 2013-04-26 2021-01-26 삼성전자주식회사 디스플레이 방법 및 그 방법을 처리하는 전자 장치
TWI528266B (zh) * 2013-05-16 2016-04-01 緯創資通股份有限公司 電子裝置及螢幕內容分享方法
KR102174323B1 (ko) * 2014-05-27 2020-11-05 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 게이트 구동 회로 및 이를 포함하는 표시 장치
US20160372083A1 (en) * 2015-06-18 2016-12-22 Intel Corporation Facilitating increased user experience and efficient power performance using intelligent segmentation on flexible display screens
KR102433269B1 (ko) * 2016-01-18 2022-08-17 삼성전자 주식회사 플렉서블 디스플레이 장치 및 디스플레이 제어 방법
CN107221277A (zh) * 2016-03-21 2017-09-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 显示屏组件、终端以及显示屏控制方法
KR102391474B1 (ko) * 2017-05-30 2022-04-28 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 표시 장치
CN109389953A (zh) * 2017-08-08 2019-02-26 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 扫描驱动电路及其驱动方法、显示装置
CN107346650A (zh) * 2017-09-14 2017-11-14 厦门天马微电子有限公司 显示面板、显示装置和扫描驱动方法
CN110211544A (zh) * 2018-04-13 2019-09-06 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 栅极驱动模组、栅极驱动控制方法和显示装置
CN108877527B (zh) * 2018-06-29 2021-06-08 上海天马有机发光显示技术有限公司 一种可折叠显示装置及其驱动方法、电子设备
CN108877632B (zh) * 2018-07-26 2021-09-10 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 一种栅极驱动电路、阵列基板、显示面板及显示装置
EP3839935A4 (en) * 2018-09-28 2021-08-18 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. GATE DRIVER CIRCUIT AND CONTROL PROCEDURE FOR IT AS WELL AS MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE
CN109192146A (zh) * 2018-10-12 2019-01-11 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 一种背光模组及显示装置

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105452981A (zh) * 2013-08-02 2016-03-30 株式会社半导体能源研究所 显示装置
CN204462945U (zh) * 2015-01-20 2015-07-08 苏州嘉辰悦电子科技有限公司 双屏平板电脑
CN105976759A (zh) * 2016-07-29 2016-09-28 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 驱动电路、显示面板、显示设备及驱动方法
CN106531767A (zh) * 2016-11-30 2017-03-22 上海天马有机发光显示技术有限公司 一种显示面板、驱动方法以及电子设备
US20190051250A1 (en) * 2017-08-08 2019-02-14 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Display device and method of driving the same
CN109346009A (zh) * 2018-12-25 2019-02-15 武汉天马微电子有限公司 有机发光显示面板和显示装置
CN109461412A (zh) * 2018-12-26 2019-03-12 武汉天马微电子有限公司 一种有机发光显示面板及有机发光显示装置
CN109739379A (zh) * 2018-12-27 2019-05-10 厦门天马微电子有限公司 显示面板及其驱动方法、显示装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4156158A4

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114664237A (zh) * 2022-03-22 2022-06-24 武汉天马微电子有限公司 显示装置及其驱动方法
CN114664237B (zh) * 2022-03-22 2023-07-04 武汉天马微电子有限公司 显示装置及其驱动方法
CN114464126A (zh) * 2022-04-11 2022-05-10 禹创半导体(深圳)有限公司 一种Micro LED的扫描驱动电路及其驱动方法

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20230023034A (ko) 2023-02-16
JP2023530009A (ja) 2023-07-12
CN113823207A (zh) 2021-12-21
EP4156158A1 (en) 2023-03-29
EP4156158A4 (en) 2023-06-28
US20230127696A1 (en) 2023-04-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021027747A1 (zh) 一种界面显示方法及设备
KR102575123B1 (ko) 애플리케이션 디스플레이 방법 및 전자 장치
WO2020259452A1 (zh) 一种移动终端的全屏显示方法及设备
WO2021213164A1 (zh) 应用界面交互方法、电子设备和计算机可读存储介质
WO2021169337A1 (zh) 屏下指纹显示方法及电子设备
WO2021254438A1 (zh) 驱动控制方法及相关设备
WO2021036770A1 (zh) 一种分屏处理方法及终端设备
WO2020093988A1 (zh) 一种图像处理方法及电子设备
US20230419570A1 (en) Image Processing Method and Electronic Device
WO2021063311A1 (zh) 具有折叠屏的电子设备的显示控制方法及电子设备
WO2021147396A1 (zh) 图标管理方法及智能终端
WO2021036785A1 (zh) 一种消息提醒方法及电子设备
WO2021223539A1 (zh) 射频资源分配方法及装置
WO2021258809A1 (zh) 数据同步方法、电子设备和计算机可读存储介质
WO2021190344A1 (zh) 多屏幕显示电子设备和电子设备的多屏幕显示方法
WO2022001258A1 (zh) 多屏显示方法、装置、终端设备及存储介质
WO2021238387A1 (zh) 一种执行应用的方法及装置
WO2022052897A1 (zh) 调整内存配置参数的方法和装置
WO2023103951A1 (zh) 一种折叠屏的显示方法及相关装置
WO2020155875A1 (zh) 电子设备的显示方法、图形用户界面及电子设备
WO2021073183A1 (zh) 始终显示方法及移动设备
WO2022143180A1 (zh) 协同显示方法、终端设备及计算机可读存储介质
WO2022095744A1 (zh) Vr显示控制方法、电子设备及计算机可读存储介质
WO2021190489A1 (zh) 一种显示时间的方法及电子设备
CN112437341B (zh) 一种视频流处理方法及电子设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21825960

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022578559

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237001594

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

Ref document number: 2021825960

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20221220

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE